' \ 
 
 / } 
 
 i-y 
 
GIFT OF 
 HORACE W. CARPENTER 
 
Digitized by tine Internet Arciiive 
 
 in 2007 with funding from 
 
 IVIicrosoft Corporation 
 
 littp://www.arcliive.org/details/cliinaenglisliorcliOOabboricli 
 
CHINA 
 
 THE ENGLISH, 
 
CHINA 
 
 THE ENGLISH: 
 
 CHARACTER AND MANNERS OF THE CHINESE. 
 
 AS ILLUSTRATED 
 
 IN THE HISTORY OF THEIR INTERCOURSE 
 WITH FOREIGNERS. 
 
 WRITTEN FOR ABBOTT'S (fFIRESIDE SERIES, 
 
 NEW YORK: 
 
 PUBLISHED BY LEA VITT; LORD, & CO. 
 
 182 Broadway. 
 BOSTON: CROCKER &. BREWSTER. 
 
 1835. 
 

 
 Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1834^ 
 
 By Leavitt, Lord, & Co. 
 
 In the Clerk's OflSce of the District Court of the Southern District 
 of New York. 
 
 D. Fanshaw Printer. 
 
 r. J- 
 
NOTICE BY THE EDITOR. 
 
 The work which we give our readers as 
 Volume Third of this series, requires little 
 prefatory notice. It is designed to furnish to 
 the families to which it may be admitted, an 
 entertaining volume for the winter evening 
 fireside, and at the same time to communicate 
 such information, in respect to the extraordi- 
 nary country to which it relates, as may ena- 
 ble its readers to be more deeply interested 
 in, and to understand better, the accounts of 
 the progress of Christianity there, which are 
 now attracting much of the attention of the 
 Christian public. i 
 
 dOQ77l 
 
C NOTICE EY THE EDITOR. 
 
 ''*rhe' authorities: froni which the facts stated 
 in the work have been chiefly derived, are 
 Marshman, Morrison, Staunton, Barrow, Au- 
 ber, Milne, and others. Some views in respect 
 to the nature of the language are taken from 
 an article inserted in the Religious Magazine, 
 though originally prepared for this work. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 Marco Polo. 
 
 The expedition of the two brothers. They meet an 
 ambassador from the East. Their arrival in China. 
 Tlieir reception and return. Second expedition. The 
 legate. Passage through Armenia. The proposal. 
 Journey through the continent. Arrival and reception. 
 The emperor's opinion of Christianity. The palace of 
 Pekin. Paper m.oney. Story of Achmac. Rebellions. 
 Summary justice. The besieging engine. The travel- 
 lers' reasons for wishing to return. Difficulties. The 
 Persian prince, and his embassy to China. The re- 
 ception of the ambassadors. The bride. First attempt 
 to return. Failure. Second attempt. Passage through 
 Persia. Arrival at home Page 13 
 
 CHAPTER n. 
 
 Canton. 
 
 The Portuguese at Canton. First interview with the 
 natives. Efforts to establish a regular trade. Journal of 
 the American traveller. Arrival at Macao. The fast- 
 
10 CONTENTS. 
 
 boat. Lintin. The Bogue. Custom-house officers. 
 Whampoa. Junks. Pagodas. Hongs. Amusing scene 
 at Conton Hong merchants. Old China street. The 
 city of Canton. The Fahteen Gardens. A visit to the 
 Monastery , . . • , 59 
 
 CHAPTER ni. 
 
 Difficulties. 
 
 First commercial arrangements with the Portuguese 
 and East India Companies. Manner in which the trade 
 was carried on. Licensed pilots. Hong merchant and 
 the interpreters. Hoppoo. Duties. Policy of the Chi- 
 nese in cases of misunderstanding with foreigners. Ex* 
 amples. Chinese killed by firing a salute. Difficulty 
 arising. Supracargo apprehended. Measures of retali- 
 ation. The gunner given up. His execution. 
 
 Affiiir of the ship Neptune. The mob. Negotiations. 
 The trial. Edward Sheen surrendered. 
 
 Difficulty in 1808. Landing of British troops at Macao. 
 Remonstrance of the Chinese. 
 
 Affair of the Topaze. Fruitless Negotiations. The 
 viceroy's firmness. His edict. Attempts at compromise. 
 Recorded opinions of the supracargoes. Ultimate settle- 
 ment. Success of the Chinese policy. Its unreason- 
 ableness 95 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 The English Embassy. 
 
 Object of the chapter. Design of the English embassy. 
 Lord Macartney. His train. Difficulties about an inter- 
 
CONTENTS. 11 
 
 preter. The presents. Communication sent to China. 
 Embarkation of the embassy. Design in not landing at 
 Canton. Wish of the Chinese authorities. Chusan. 
 Effect produced by the arrival of the ships. Chinese 
 junks. Chinese navigation. Arrival of the brig at Shu- 
 san. Audience with the mandarin. Attempts to obtain a 
 pilot. Pressing. 
 
 Entrance into the Yellow Sea. The ambassador's di- 
 rections to the passengers and crew. Mode of sailing 
 towards the shore. Termination of the voyage. The 
 Jackal. Her return with the Chinese. The mandarins. 
 Their impressions on seeing the ship. Mode of taking 
 them on board. Communication to the mandarins. De- 
 scription of the presents. The planetarium. The tele- 
 scope. Globes. Chronometers. Mechanical powers. 
 Pieces of ordnance. Other presents. 
 
 Tne ambassador's instructions to the squadron. The 
 parting. A man-of-war's farewell. Entering the river. 
 The boatmen's song. Reception of the whole party as 
 guests. Chinese salutes. Scenes on the banks of the 
 river. Illuminations at night. Tien-sing. The embassy 
 received by the legate. Pekin. Passage through the 
 city. The yellow wall. Streets ; crowds 134 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 The English Embassy — continued. 
 
 Arrival at Yuen-min-yuen. Difficulties. Journey to 
 Gehol. The English carriages. The Chinese wall. 
 Arrival. Negotiations about ceremonies. The audience. 
 Visit to the emperor's gardens. Return to Pekin. 
 Meeting the emperor on his return. The farewell visits. 
 Journey through the country 193 
 
13 CONTENTS. 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 IkTRODUCTJON nF TH*" BlBLE. 
 
 Dr. Morrison. Preparations. Embarkation. Visit at 
 Philadelphia. Mr. Madison. Arrival at Canton. The 
 beginning. Mr. Morrison's dress. The go-down. Mr. 
 Morrison's appointment. The Chinese language. Na- 
 ture of its signs. The character. The idiom. Dialogue 
 between a traveller and a Canton merchant. Progress 
 of the translation. Arrival of Milne. Aid from Catholic 
 labors. Conclusion 233 
 
CHINA 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 MARCO POLO. 
 
 About five hundred years ago, when the com- 
 merce between Europe and the East was carried 
 on through the great commercial cities of the 
 Mediterranean, two brothers, by the names of 
 Nicolo aird Matteo* Polo, set off together fro.m 
 Venice, their home, ta seek .their fpjrtunes as 
 t'ravielling «>erchantS' jtp. Asia. ^ They went first 
 to Constantinople', taktng with theni sucli mer*- 
 chan^ise as jewelry, and other articles of great 
 value, compaiTSd' With their weight and size; for 
 the modes of transportation were difficult and 
 precarious. They passed on from Constanti- 
 nople to the Black Sea, stopping to trade at its 
 more important ports, and then pursued their 
 journey northward and eastward, until they 
 reached the court of a powerful Tartar prince, 
 2 
 
14 MARCO POLO. 
 
 whose domain extended over that part of the 
 world. 
 
 This journey took place not long after the time 
 of the celebrated Tartar conqueror, Ghengis 
 Khan, who overran all Asia from the River 
 Volga to the China Sea. His dominions were 
 now, however, divided among his descendants : 
 one, by the name of Kublai Khan, whose seat 
 of government was on the confines of China, 
 being considered as holding the highest power, 
 was called the grand khan, the latter word, 
 in their language, signifying chief. The mer- 
 chants remained for some time in the vicinity of 
 the Caspian, but, unfortunately, or, rather, very 
 fortunately, as appeared in the result, it hap- 
 pened that a war broke out between the subor- 
 dinate Tartar princes, which rendered their 
 return unsafe. They moved, therefore, slowly 
 on, endeavoring to take, a large circuit around 
 the disturbed countries, and thus get back to 
 Constantinople. While * on their way, in the 
 attempt to execute this plan, they were met, at 
 the city of Bokhara,^ by an envoy or ambassador, 
 who was going from on.e of the western khans 
 to the grand khan, Kublai, in the East. The 
 envoy invited our Italian merchants to accom- 
 pany him. He seemed to be gratified at meet- 
 ing them and conversing with thern ; for they 
 
MARCO POLO. 
 
 15 
 
 had by this time learned the Tartar language. 
 He assured them, also, that, if they would accom- 
 pany him across the continent to the court of the 
 emperor, they would be honorably received, and 
 would be recompensed by valuable presents. 
 The travellers seem to have hesitated about 
 embarking on so distant an expedition ; but the 
 way for return to their homes appeared to be cut 
 off, and they at length determined to accede to 
 the ambassador's proposal. They accordingly 
 set out with him, attended by a considerable 
 train of servants and companions, and directed 
 their course into the heart of the continent. 
 They passed rivers and mountains, and almost 
 boundless wastes; and, after a year of fatigue 
 and hardship, they reached the residence of the 
 emperor. 
 
 The envoy was not mistaken in regard to the 
 manner in which the monarch would receive 
 his guests. They were the first Italians who ^^^* 
 had ever made their way into his country; and 
 Italy, from various causes, was at this time one 
 of the most important countries in Europe. The 
 emperor had many interviews with them, making 
 inquiries about their parts of the world, the 
 various Christian princes, their relative conse- 
 quence, the extent of their dominions, the 
 manner in which justice was administered in 
 
16 MARCO POLO. 
 
 their several kingdoms, how they conducted them- 
 selves in warfare ; and, above all, he questioned 
 them particularly respecting the pope, the affairs 
 of the church, and the nature of the Christian 
 religion, the doctrines, the duties, and the modes 
 of worship, which it prescribes. 
 
 After remaining a considerable time with the 
 Tartar or Chinese emperor, — for his empire in- 
 cluded China, — they began to think of their return. 
 The emperor determined to send one of his offi- 
 cers with them, as an ambassador to the pope, to 
 request, as the travellers say, " that his holiness 
 would send him one hundred men of learning, 
 thoroughly acquainted with the principles of the 
 Christian religion, as well as with the seven 
 sciences, and qualified to prove to the learned 
 of his dominions, by just and fair argument, that 
 the faith professed by the Christians is supe- 
 rior to, and founded upon more evidence than, 
 any other." He gave them some other commis- 
 sions, such as that they should bring him some 
 of the holy oil with which the lamp was kept 
 constantly burning before the sepulchre of the 
 Saviour at Jerusalem, of whose wonderful virtues 
 the Italians had probably informed him. He 
 gave them letters to the pope, written in the 
 Tartarian language, and furnished them also 
 with " a golden tablet, displaying the imperial 
 
MARCO POLO. 17 
 
 cipher, according to the usage established by his 
 majesty, in virtue of which, the person bearing it, 
 together with his whole company, are safely con- 
 veyed and escorted from station to station, by the 
 govfirnors of all the places within the imperial 
 dominions." 
 
 These arrangements being made, the travellers 
 set out on their return. In a few days, however, 
 the officer who had been commissioned to accom- 
 pany them, fell sick ; and it was found necessary, 
 as they say, to leave him behind. The travellers 
 themselves, with their own company, came on. 
 Their golden tablet secured them a passage, 
 provisions, escorts, every thing that was necessary; 
 and so slow and tedious was their travelling, that 
 for three years they turned their route towards the 
 west, before they reached the European waters. 
 At length, however, they arrived at a port upon 
 the Black Sea, whence they went by water to 
 Acre, an important town upon the eastern coast 
 of the Mediterranean, where they found them- 
 selves once more in Christendom. They learned 
 here that the pope was dead, which, of course, 
 made it necessary to suspend the execution of 
 their commission from the Chinese emperor until 
 a successor should be appointed ; and, in the mean 
 time, they set sail, as soon as possible, for their 
 home. Nearly twenty years had elapsed sinca 
 2* 
 
18 MARCO POLO. 
 
 their departure : of course they must nave ex- 
 pected some changes. The principal one of 
 importance to our future narrative, was, that 
 Nicholas, one of the brothers, instead of being 
 welcomed by the wife whom he had left, was 
 received by a son nineteen years of age, whom 
 he had never before seen. The former had died, 
 and the latter been born, a few months after the 
 commencement of the husband's wanderings. 
 The young man's name was Marco Polo, or, as 
 we should say in English, Mark Paul ; and it is 
 his name which we have placed at the head of 
 this chapter ; for it is chiefly his adventures which 
 
 it is the object of the chapter to describe. 
 
 •. 
 
 The two brothers, after remaining a short time 
 at Venice, determined on returning to the East, 
 as they had promised to the grand khan. They 
 were, however, delayed by an unexpected obsta- 
 cle. They were commissioned, it will be recol- 
 lected, as an embassy to the pope, from the 
 Eastern emperor; but they found, on their return, 
 as has been already intimated, that the individual 
 whom they had left in the pontifical chair was 
 dead, and the functionaries upon whom the elec- 
 tion of a successor devolved, could not agree 
 upon a choice. The travellers were unwilling to 
 return until they could carry back an official 
 
MARCO POLO. 19 
 
 reply to the emperor's communication, and yet 
 they were uneasy at the delay. Two years 
 elapsed before they decided what to do. 
 
 Now, it happened, that, on their return from 
 Asia, they had found at Acre, that the Roman 
 legate there, a man of high rank and influence 
 in the Catholic church, took a very active in- 
 terest in their expedition, and in the commission 
 which had been intrusted to them. They con- 
 cluded, therefore, since there seemed to be little 
 immediate probability that the chair at P^ome 
 would soon be filled, to set sail from Venice for 
 Acre, and to lay more fully before this legate 
 their communications for the pope, and to re- 
 quest him to prepare and forward the replies. 
 They took with them Marco Polo, the son ; and 
 from Acre they turned aside from their route, to 
 go to Jerusalem to obtain some of the holy oil 
 which the Chinese emperor had particularly re- 
 quested. From Jerusalem they returned to Acre, 
 and then, having received communications for 
 the emperor from the legate, and minute instruc- 
 tions themselves, they sailed to the northward 
 along the coast of the Mediterranean, until they 
 came to a port at the north-east corner of that 
 sea, near Tarsus, where they landed, and, leaving 
 the coast, commenced their journey into the 
 interior. 
 
29 MARCO POLO. 
 
 They had scarcely crossed the country of Ar- 
 menia, before they were overtaken by a messenger 
 from the king, informing them that the very legate 
 at Acre, who had given them their credentials 
 and instructions, had himself been elected pope, 
 and that he had sent after them to wish them to 
 return, in order that he might now, by means of 
 the new authority with which he was clothed, 
 provide in a more formal and effectual manner, 
 for a suitable reply to the communications from 
 the Eastern monarch. They accordingly return- 
 ed, as lapidly as possible, in a galley provided 
 for them by the king of Armenia, accompanied 
 by an ambassador from him to the new pontiff. 
 How different their circumstances, now, from those 
 under which they commenced their first journey 
 thirty years before ! Then, they were solitary and 
 unknown adventurers, working their way, with 
 great fatigue and danger, through the various 
 provinces in their route ; now, objects of interest 
 to the highest powers — conveyed at the expense 
 and under the protection of monarchy, and about 
 to be the bearers of despatches from the great 
 potentate of the Western world, to the mightiest 
 monarch of the Eastern. 
 
 They were received in the most distinguished 
 manner by the new pope ; and new arrangements 
 were made for their journey. Regular letters 
 
MARCO POLO. 2^ 
 
 papal were prepared for them. Two ecclesiastics 
 were appointed to accompany them, — Father 
 Nicholas and Father William, — who were said 
 to be men of great attainments in literature, 
 science and theology. They received ample 
 powers to found churches, ordain priests, con- 
 secrate bishops, and grant absolution for sins. 
 They were intrusted, also, with many valuable 
 presents for the grand khan. 
 
 The whole party, including attendants and 
 servants, set out again for the north-eastern port 
 of the Mediterranean, where they landed, and 
 began once more their long journey across the 
 continent. But the course of their affairs was 
 not yet destined to run smooth. The preachers 
 commissioned to accompany them soon found 
 their courage and resolution unequal to the labors 
 and dangers of the almost Herculean task before 
 them. The wars and rumors of wars, and the 
 commotions from which the political sky in those 
 countries and ages was scarcely ever free, terri- 
 fied them. The immense distance of their almost 
 trackless way, and the sufferings and fatigues 
 which they did not perhaps appreciate, until, by a 
 little trial, they began to feel them, damped their 
 ardor, and they concluded, very wisely, perhaps, 
 to leave to the two brothers and the son, all the 
 danger and all the glory of the enterprise. They 
 
X» MARCO POLO. 
 
 delivered over to the merchants, therefore, the 
 letters and presents which the pope had intrusted 
 to them, and, putting themselves under the pro- 
 tection of a military escort. Father Nicholas and 
 Father William made the best of their way home. 
 Whatever curiosity the reader may feel in regard 
 to the reception which they met with from the 
 disappointed pontiff, must, however, remain un- 
 gratified, as tho original narrative is silent. 
 
 The Polo family went on. They soon crossed 
 the frontiers of Armenia, and pressed on into the 
 heart of the continent. Month after month they 
 continued their journey, through deserts, across 
 rivers, and over mountains. Winter set in, and 
 blocked up their way with ice and snow, or 
 impeded their progress by storms. When Sum- 
 mer returned, they resumed their course again ; 
 and thus, after three years and a half, they began 
 to draw near to the residence of the emperor. 
 Hearing of their approach, he sent out messengers, 
 forty days' journey, to meet them : these mes- 
 sengers brought with them every supply for their 
 wants, and ample means of comfort and protec- 
 tion. " By these means, and through the blessing 
 of God," as Marco Polo devoutly expresses it, 
 " they at length arrived in safety at the royal 
 court." 
 
 They were " honorably and graciously received/ 
 
MARCO POLO, 
 
 <JS 
 
 as Marco goes on to say, " by the grand khan, 
 in a full assembly of his principal officers. When 
 they drew nigh to his person, they paid their 
 respects by prostrating themselves upon the floor. 
 He immediately commanded them to rise, and to 
 relate to him the circumstances of their travels, 
 with all that had taken place in their negotiation 
 with his holiness the pope. To their narrative, 
 which they gave in the regular order of events, 
 and delivered in perspicuous language, he listened 
 with attentive silence. The letters and presents 
 from the pope were then laid before him, and, 
 upon hearing the former read, he bestowed much 
 commendation on the fidelity, the zeal, and the 
 diligence of his ambassadors ; and, receiving with 
 due reverence the oil from the holy sepulchre, 
 gave directions that it should be preserved with 
 religious care.'' 
 
 The third individual of the party, young Marco, 
 now about twenty-two years of age, would, of 
 course, soon attract the attention of his maje^ny. 
 The emperor seemed to look upon him with 
 peculiar favor ; and it is remarkable, that the 
 interview, in this respect, as narrated by the trav- 
 ellers, corresponds almost precisely with a similar 
 occurrence which took place five hundred years 
 after, when an English ambassador and his sec- 
 retary appeared in the presence of the Chinese 
 
24 MARCO POLO. 
 
 emperor, with a young son of the secretary in 
 their train. In both cases, the youth attracted 
 the special attention of the monarch. Marco 
 Polo was received at once into his service ; and 
 as, according to his own statement, he entered 
 with great ardor into the duties of his new station, 
 he soon acquired, in a very great degree, the 
 confidence and affection of his sovereign. His 
 youth gave him a great advantage over his father 
 and uncle. He could more easily learn the 
 languages and adopt the customs which prevailed 
 around him ; and his European attainments fitted 
 him to be, in many respects, highly useful. 
 
 Seventeen years the travellers continued in this 
 country, in the service of the monarch. They 
 had various adventures, travelling over all parts 
 of the empire, and were intrusted, from time to 
 time, with the management of important affairs. 
 Marco himself was often despatched to remote 
 portions of the country, and was frequently in- 
 trusted with civil and military power. He used 
 often, too, to travel on his own private account, 
 and thus had the opportunity of acquiring very 
 extensive information in regard to the manners 
 and customs, the government, institutions and 
 laws of the Eastern world. 
 
 It is not our intention to give to our readers 
 any very minute account of our traveller's observa- 
 
MARCO POLO. T9P 
 
 tions. It is the general history of this extraor- 
 dinary expedition, only, that we wish to bring to 
 view. He describes the condition of the country, 
 and the customs of the people in the various 
 provinces and cities, in a manner corresponding 
 very nearly with the facts as since ascertained. 
 These narratives and descriptions are mingled, 
 it is true, with many fabulous accounts, which, 
 however, in most instances, he gives as informa- 
 tion obtained from others, not as observed by 
 himself. Some things, however, are stated, which 
 bear pretty strong internal evidence of having 
 originated chiefly in his own brain. He was 
 strongly tempted to exaggerate, for instance, every 
 thing which tended to show the emperor's interest 
 in Christianity ; as the honor of having made any 
 impression upon so remote and powerful a govern- 
 ment in favor of the Catholic religion, would be 
 very highly valued in those days. Such a story 
 as the following may have originated in this way. 
 
 The Emperor's Opinion of Christianity, 
 
 The emperor, it seems, after some signal victory 
 over his enemies, came in triumph to Kambalu 
 (Pekin, probably), and there, while rejoicing and 
 festivity w^ere the order of the day, the time of 
 Easter approached. " Being aware," says Marco 
 3 
 
96 MARCO POLO. 
 
 Polo, in his narrative, ** that this was one of our 
 principal solemnities, he commanded all the 
 Christians to attend him, and to bring with them 
 their book, which contains the four Gospels of the 
 evangelists. After causing it to be repeatedly 
 perfumed with incense, in a ceremonious manner, 
 he devoutly kissed it, and directed that the same 
 should be done by all his nobles who were present. 
 This was his usual practice upon each of the 
 principal Christian festivals, such as Easter and 
 Christmas ; and he observed the same at the 
 festivals of the Saracens, Jews and idolaters. 
 Upon being asked his motive for this conduct, he 
 said, * There are four great prophets who are 
 reverenced and worshipped by the different classes 
 of mankind. The Christians regard Jesus Christ 
 as their divinity ; the Saracens, Mahomet ; the 
 Jews, Moses ; and the idolaters, Sogomombar- 
 KaUy the most eminent among their idols. I do 
 honor and show respect to all the four, and invoke 
 to my aid whichever amongst them is, in truth, su- 
 preme in heaven.' But from the manner in which 
 his majesty acted towards them, it is evident that 
 he regarded the faith of the Christians as the 
 truest and the best ; nothing, as he observed, 
 being enjoined to its professors that was not 
 replete with virtue and holiness. By no means, 
 however, would he permit them to bear the crosi 
 
MARCO POLO. 27 
 
 before them in their processions, because upon 
 it so exalted a personage as Christ had been 
 scourged and ignominiously put to death. It may, 
 pfrhaps, be asked by some, why, if he showed 
 such a pref«^rence to the faith of Christ, he did 
 not conform to it, and become a Christian. His 
 reason for not so doing he assigned to Nicolo 
 and Maffio Polo, when, upon the occasion of his 
 sending them as his ambassadors to the pope, 
 they ventured to address a few words to him on 
 the subject of Christianity. * Wherefore,' he said, 
 'should I become a Christian ? You yourselves 
 must perceive that the Christians of these 
 countries are ignorant, inefficient persons, who 
 do not possess the faculty of performing any thing 
 miraculous, whereas you see that the idolaters 
 can do whatever they will. When I sit at table, 
 the cups that were in the middle of the hall come 
 to me filled with wine and other beverage, spon- 
 taneously, and without being touched by human 
 hand ; and I drink from them. They have the 
 power of controlling bad weather, and obliging it 
 to retire to any quarter of the heavens ; with 
 many other wonderful gifts of nature. You are 
 witnesses that thejr idols have the faculty of 
 speech, and predict to them whatever is required. 
 Should I become a convert to the faith of Christ, 
 and profess myself a Christian, the nobles of my 
 
28 MARCO POLO. 
 
 court, and other persons who do not incline to that 
 religion, will ask what sufficient motives have 
 caused me to receive baptism and to embrace 
 Christianity. * What extraordinary powers,' they 
 will say, * what miracles, have been displayed by 
 its ministers 1 Whereas the idolaters declare that 
 what they exhibit is performed through their own 
 sanctity and the influence of their idols.' To 
 this I shall not know what answer to make ; and 
 I shall be considered by them as laboring under 
 a grievous error ; whilst the idolaters, who, by 
 means of their profound art, can effect such 
 wonders, may without difficulty compass my death. 
 But return you to your pontiff, and request of 
 him, in my name, to send hither persons well 
 skilled in your law, who, being confronted with 
 the idolaters, shall have power to coerce them, 
 and, showing that they themselves are endowed 
 with similar art, but which they refrain from 
 exercising, because it is derived from the agency 
 of evil spirits, shall compel them to desist from 
 practices of such a nature, in their presence. 
 When I am witness of this, I shall place them 
 and their religion under an interdict, and shall 
 allow myself to be baptized. . Following my ex- 
 ample, all my nobility will then, in like manner, 
 receive baptism ; and this will be imitated by my 
 subjects in general ; so that the Christians of 
 
MARCO POLO. 29 
 
 these parts will exceed in number those who 
 inhabit your own country.' From this discourse 
 it must be evident that, if the pope had sent out 
 persons duly qualified to preach the gospel, the 
 grand khan would have embraced Christianity, 
 for which, it is certainly known, he had a strong 
 predilection." 
 
 Though there are some stories of this kind, in 
 which we are, at least, compelled to make great 
 allowance for exaggeration, there are many other 
 accounts which correspond very strikingly with 
 what travellers have since observed. Among them 
 is the account of the palace at Pekin, which, as 
 the reader will see in a subsequent chapter, is 
 very similar to more modern descriptions. The 
 reader is requested to recall it to mind when read- 
 ing, in another part of this volume, the account 
 of the English ambassador's approach to this city. 
 
 The Palace at Pekin, 
 
 " The grand khan usually resides, during three 
 months of the year, — namely, December, January, 
 and February, — in the great city of Kambalu, 
 situated towards the north-eastern extremity of 
 the province of Kataia ; and here, on the southern 
 side of the new city, is the site of his vast palace, 
 3* 
 
30 MARCO POLO. 
 
 the form and dimensions of which are as follows : — 
 In the first place is a square, enclosed with a wall 
 and deep ditch ; each side of the square being eight 
 miles in length, and having, at an equal distance 
 from each extremity, an entrance gate, for the con- 
 course of people resorting thither from all quarters. 
 Within this enclosure there is, on the four sides, an 
 open space, one mile in breadth, where the troops 
 are stationed ; and this is bounded by a second 
 wall, enclosing a square of six miles, having three 
 gates on the south side, and three on the north, the 
 middle of each being larger than the other two, 
 and always kept shut, excepting on the occasions 
 of the emperor's entrance or departure. Those 
 on each side always remain open for the use of 
 common passengers. In the middle of each di- 
 vision of these walls is a handsome and spacious 
 building ; and, consequently, within the enclosure 
 there are eight such buildings, in which are de- 
 posited the royal military stores ; one building 
 being appropriated to the reception of each class 
 of stores ; thus, for instance, the bridles, saddles, 
 stirrups, and other furniture, serving for the equip- 
 ment of cavalry, occupying one store-house ; the 
 bows, strings, quivers, arrows, and other articles 
 belonging to archery, occupying another ; the 
 cuirasses, corselets, and other armor formed of 
 leather, a third store-house ; and so of the rest. 
 
MARCO POLO. 31 
 
 Within this wailed enclosure, there is still another, 
 of great thickness ; and its height is full twenty- 
 five feet. The battlements, or cuneated parapets, 
 are all white. This also forms a square, four 
 miles in extent, each side being one mile ; and it 
 has six gates, disposed like those of the former 
 enclosure. It contains, in like manner, eight 
 large buildings, similarly arranged, which are 
 appropriated to the wardrobe of the emperor. 
 The spaces between the one wall and the other 
 are ornamented with many handsome trees, and 
 contain meadows in which are kept various kinds 
 of beasts, such as stags, the animals that yield 
 the musk, roe-bucks, fallow-deer, and others of 
 the same class. Every interval between the walls, 
 not occupied by buildings, is stocked in this man- 
 ner. The pastures have abundant herbage. The 
 roads across them being raised three feet above 
 their level, and paved, no mud collects upon them, 
 nor rain-water settles, but, on the contrary, runs 
 off, and contributes to improve the vegetation. 
 Within these walls, which constitute the boundary 
 of four miles, stands the palace of the grand 
 khan, the most extensive which has ever yet been 
 known. It reaches from the northern to the 
 southern wall, leaving only a vacant space, or 
 court, where persons of rank, and the military 
 guards, pass and repass. It has no upper floor 
 
32 MARCO POLO. 
 
 (i. e. second story), but the roof is very lofty. 
 The paved foundation, or platform on which it 
 stands, is raised ten spans above the level of the 
 ground, and a wall of marble, two paces wide, 
 is built on all sides, to the level of this pavement. 
 Within the line of this the palace is erected ; so 
 that the wall, extending beyond the ground plan 
 of the building, and encompassing the whole, 
 serves as a terrace, where those who walk on it 
 are visible from without. Along the exterior 
 edge of the wall is a handsome balustrade, with 
 pillars, which the people are allowed to approach. 
 The sides of the great halls and the apartments 
 are ornamented with dragons in carved work 
 and gilt, figures of warriors, of birds, and of 
 beasts, with representations of battles. The in- 
 side of the roof is contrived in such a manner 
 that nothing besides gilding and painting presents 
 itself to the eye. On each of the four sides of 
 the palace there is a grand flight of marble steps, 
 by which you ascend from the level of the ground 
 to the wall of marble which surrounds the build- 
 ing, and which constitutes the approach to the 
 palace itself. The grand hall is extremely long 
 and wide, and admits of dinners being there served 
 to great multitudes of people. The palace con- 
 tains a number of separate chambers, all highly 
 beautiful, and so admirably disposed, that it seems 
 
^ MARCO POLO. 33 
 
 impossible to suggest any improvement to the 
 system of their arrangement. The exterior of 
 the roof is adorned with a variety of colors — red, 
 green, azure and violet, — and the sort of covering 
 is so strong as to last for many years: The 
 glazing of the windows is so well wrought, and so 
 delicate, as to have the transparency of crystal. 
 In the rear of the body of the palace, there are 
 large buildings containing several apartments, 
 where is deposited the private property of the 
 monarch, or his treasure in gold and silver bullion, 
 precious stones, and pearls, and also his vessels 
 of gold and silver plate. Here are likewise the 
 apartments of his wives and concubines ; and in 
 this retired situation he despatches business with 
 convenience, being free from every kind of in- 
 terruption. 
 
 " On the other side of the grand palace, and 
 opposite to that in which the emperor resides, 
 is another palace, in every respect similar, ap- 
 propriated to the residence of Chingis, his eldest 
 son, at whose court are observed all the ceremo- 
 nials belonging to that of his father, as the prince 
 who is to succeed to the government of the 
 empire. Not far from the palace, on the northern 
 side, and about a bow-shot distance from the 
 surrounding wall, is an artificial mound of earth, 
 the height of which is full an hundred paces, and 
 
34 MARCO POLO. , 
 
 the circuit, at the base, about a mile. It is 
 clothed with the most beautiful evergreen trees ; 
 for whenever his majesty receives information of 
 a handsome tree growing in any place, he causes 
 it to be dug up, with all its roots, and the earth 
 about them ; and, however large and heavy it may 
 be, he has it transported, by means of elephants, 
 to this mount, and adds it to the verdant collec- 
 tion. From this perpetual verdure it has acquired 
 the appellation of the Green Mount. On its 
 summit is erected an ornamental pavilion, which 
 is likewise entirely green. The view of this 
 altogether, the mount itself, the trees, and the 
 building, form a delightful, and, at the same time, 
 a wonderful scene. In the northern quarter, also, 
 and equally within the precincts of the city, there 
 is a large and deep excavation, judiciously formed, 
 the earth from which supplied the material for 
 raising the mount. It is furnished with water by a 
 small rivulet, and the stream, passing from thence 
 along an aqueduct at the foot of the Green Mount, 
 proceeds to fill another great and very deep exca- 
 vation, formed between the private palace of the 
 emperor and that of his son, Chingis ; the earth 
 from which, equally served to increase the eleva- 
 tion of the mount. In this latter basin, there is a 
 great store and variety of fish, from which the table 
 of his majesty is supplied with any quantity that 
 
MARCO POLO. 95 
 
 may be wanted. The stream discharges itself at 
 the opposite extremity of the piece of water, and 
 precautions are taken to prevent the escape of the 
 fish, by placing gratings of copper or iron at the 
 places of its entrance and exit. It is stocked, 
 also, with swans and other aquatic birds. From 
 the palace there is a communication by means 
 of a bridge thrown across the water." 
 
 The following description of the emperor's plan 
 for raising funds may amuse the reader. Whether 
 it comes within the power of even Eastern des- 
 potism to sustain the credit of such a currency 
 in a community, and keep it in circulation, the 
 political economist must judge. The same ex- 
 periment has since been tried repeatedly by 
 European governments ; but they have all failed 
 in sustaining the credit of any currency not 
 based directly on specie. 
 
 Paper Money, 
 
 " In this city of Kambalu is the mint of the 
 grand khan, who may truly be said to possess 
 the secret of the alchymists, as he has the art of 
 producing money by the following process. He 
 causes the bark to be stripped from those mul- 
 berry-trees, the leaves of which are used for 
 
36 MARCO POLO. 
 
 feeding silk-worms, and takes from it that thm 
 inner rind which lies between the coarser bark 
 and the wood of the tree. This, being steeped, 
 and afterwards pounded in a mortar, until re- 
 duced to a pulp, is made into paper, resembling 
 (in substance) that which is manufactured from 
 cotton, but quite black. When ready for use, he 
 has it cut into pieces of money of different sizes, 
 nearly square, but somewhat longer than they are 
 wide. The coinage of this paper money is 
 authenticated with as much form and ceremony 
 as if it were actually of pure gold or silver ; for 
 to each note a number of officers, specially 
 appointed, not only subscribe their names, but 
 affix their signets also; and when this has been 
 regularly done by the whole of them, the princi- 
 pal officer, deputed by his majesty, having dip- 
 ped into vermilion the royal seal committed to 
 his custody, stamps with it the piece of paper, so 
 that the form of the seal, tinged with the ver- 
 milion, remains impressed upon it; by which it 
 receives full athenticity as current money; and 
 the act of counterfeiting it is punished as a 
 capital offence. When thus coined in large 
 quantities, this paper currency is circulated in 
 every part of his majesty's dominions ; nor dares 
 any person, at the peril of his life, refuse to 
 accept it in payment. All his subjects receive it 
 
MARCO POLO. 37 
 
 without hesitation, because, wherever their busi- 
 ness may call them, they can dispose of it again 
 in the purchase of merchandise ; such as pearls, 
 jewels, gold, or silver. With it, in short, every 
 article may be procured. 
 
 " Several times, in the course of the year, large 
 caravans of merchants arrive with such articles 
 as have just been mentioned, together with gold 
 tissues, which they lay before his majesty. He 
 therefore calls together twelve experienced and 
 skilful persons, selected for this purpose, whom 
 he commands to examine the articles with great 
 care, and fix the value at which they should be 
 purchased. Upon the sum at which they have 
 been thus conscientiously appraised, he allows a 
 reasonable profit, and immediately pays for them 
 with this paper ; to which the owners can have 
 no objection, because, as has been observed, it 
 answers the purpose of their own disbursements. 
 Should they be inhabitants of a country where 
 this kind of money is not current, they could 
 invest the amount in other articles of mer- 
 chandise suited to their own markets. When 
 any persons happen to be possessed of paper 
 money, which, from long use, has become 
 damaged, they carry it to the mint, where, upon 
 payment of only three per cent., they may receive 
 fresh notes in exchange. Should any be desi- 
 4 
 
38 MARCO POLO. 
 
 reus of procuring gold or silver for the purposes 
 of manufacture, such as of drinking cups, 
 girdles, or other articles wrought of these metals, 
 they, in like manner, apply at the mint, and, for 
 their paper, obtain the bullion they require. All 
 his majesty's armies are paid with this currency, 
 which is to them of the same value as if it were 
 gold or silver. Upon these grounds it may cer- 
 tainly be affirmed, that the grand khan has a more 
 extensive command of treasure than any other 
 sovereign in the universe." 
 
 The following description of a tyrannical 
 mandarin, as the Portuguese have since called 
 the subordinate officers of the empire, and of the 
 summary modes of procedure in quelling the 
 insurrection which his cruelties occasioned, 
 corresponds very fully with more modern accounts 
 of similar transactions in that country. 
 
 Story of Achmac. 
 
 ** Amongst the officers in the court of the 
 grand khan, was a Saracen named Achmac, a 
 crafty and bold man, whose influence with his 
 sovereign surpassed that of all other members. 
 To such a degree was his master infatuated with 
 him, that )ie indulged him in every liberty. It 
 
MARCO POLO. 39 
 
 was discovered, indeed, after his death, that he 
 had, by means of spells, so fascinated his majesty 
 as to oblige him to give ear and credit to what- 
 ever he represented, and, by these means, was ena- 
 bled to act in all matters according to his own 
 arbitrary will. He gave away all the govern- 
 ments and public offices, pronounced judgment 
 upon all offenders, and when he was disposed to 
 sacrifice any man to whom he bore ill will, he 
 had only to go to the emperor, and say to him, 
 * Such a person has committed an offence 
 against your majesty, and is deserving of death ;' 
 when the emperor was accustomed to reply, * Do 
 as you judge best ; ' upon which he caused him 
 to be immediately executed. So evident were 
 the proofs of the authority he possessed, and of 
 his majesty's implicit faith in his representations, 
 that none had the hardiness to contradict him in 
 any matter ; nor was there a person, however 
 high in rank or office, who did not stand in awe 
 of him. If any one was accused by him of a 
 capital crime, however anxious he might be to 
 exculpate himself, he had not the means of 
 refuting the charge, because he could not 
 procure an advocate ; none daring to oppose the 
 will of Achmac. By these means, he occasioned 
 many to die unjustly. When he obtained 
 information of any man having a beautiful 
 
40 MARCO POLO. 
 
 daughter, he despatched his emissaries to the 
 father of the girl, with instructions to say to him — 
 ' What are your views with regard to this 
 handsome daughter of yours? You cannot do 
 better than give her in marriage to the lord 
 deputy or vicegerent,' that is, to himself, for so 
 they termed him, as implying that he was his 
 majesty's representative. ' We shall prevail upon 
 him to appoint you to such a government, or such 
 an office, for three years.' Thus tempted, he is 
 prevailed upon to part with his child ; and, the 
 matter being so far arranged, Achmac repairs 
 to the emperor, and informs his majesty that a 
 certain government is vacant, or that the period 
 for which it is held /Vill expire on such a day, 
 and recommends the father as a person well 
 qualified to perform the duties. To this his 
 majesty gives his consent, and the appointment is 
 immediately carried into effect. By such means 
 as these, either from the ambition of holding 
 high offices, or the apprehension of his power, he 
 obtained the sacrifice of all the most beautiful 
 young women, either under the denomination of 
 wives, or the slaves of his pleasure. His sons 
 and his relatives were appointed to the highest 
 offices of the state ; and some of them, availing 
 themselves of the authority of their father, 
 committed many unlawful and atrocious acts. 
 
MARCO POLO. 41 
 
 Achmac had likewise aiCcumulated great wealth ; 
 for every person who obtained an appointment 
 found it necessary to make him a considerable 
 present. 
 
 " During a period of twenty-two years, he exer- 
 cised an uncontrolled sway. At length, the na- 
 tives of his part of the country, no longer able to 
 endure his multiplied acts of injustice or flagrant 
 wickedness committetkagainst their families, held 
 meetings in order to devise means of putting him 
 to death, and raising a rebellion against the 
 government. Amongst the^ persons principally 
 concerned in .this"' plot, ♦\Yas a Kateian, named 
 Chen-ku, a chief of six^ thousand men, who, 
 burning with respntmen^ oV accoiipt of the deep 
 injuries whic^h himself and his fiimily had received, 
 proposed ^he m^*sure to.#ne qf his countrymen, 
 named Van-ku, ^ho was at the head of ten 
 thousand men, and recommended its being carried 
 into execution at the time when the grand khan, 
 having completed his three months' residence in 
 Kambalu, had departed for his palace of Shan-du, 
 and when his son Chin-gis, also, had retired to 
 the place he was accustomed to visit at that 
 season ; because the charge of the city was then 
 intrusted to Achmac, who communicated to his 
 master whatever occurred during his absence, 
 and received, in return, the signification of his 
 4* 
 
42 MARCO POLO. ^ 
 
 pleasure. Van-ku and Cl^n-ku, having held this 
 consultation together, imparted their designs to 
 some of the leading Kataians, and through them, 
 to their friend's in many other cities.. It was 
 accordingly determined amongst them', that, on a 
 certain day, upon their perceiving the signal of a 
 fire, they should rise and put to death all those 
 who wore beards, and should extend the signal 
 to other places, in order that the same might be 
 carried into effect throughout the country. The 
 meaning of the distinction, with regard to beards, 
 was this ; that whereas the Kataians themselves 
 • are naturally.J)eardless, ihe Tartars,* the Sara- 
 cens, and thfe Christians^ wear beards. It should 
 be understood that thf grand khan, not having 
 obtained ^the sovereignty of Kataia by any legal 
 ^ right, but only by forqe of arms, had no con- 
 fidence in tTO "inhabitants, and tjjierefore bestowed 
 all the provincial governments and magistracies 
 upon Tartars, Saracens, Christians, and other 
 foreigners, who belonged J;o*his household, and in 
 whom he coilld trust. In consequence of this, 
 his government was universally hated by the 
 
 * It will be recollected that China is governed by a 
 race of Tartar sovereigns, from the north, who had at this 
 time hardly come Into secure possession of the southern 
 portion of the empire. The distinction an^ 'the jealousy 
 between the two ra5es still remain^ * 
 
MARCO POLO. 43 
 
 natives, who found themselves treated as slaves 
 by these Tartars, and still worse by the Saracens. 
 •^ Their plans being thus arranged, Van-ku and 
 Chen-ku contrived to enter the palace at night, 
 where the former, taking his place on one of the 
 royal seats, caused the apartment to be lighted up, 
 and sent a messenger to Achmac, who resided in 
 the old city, requiring his immediate attendance 
 upon Chin-gis, the emperor's son, who, as he pre- 
 tended, had arrived that night. Achmac was much 
 astonished at the intelligence, but, being greatly 
 in awe of the prince, instantly obeyed. Upon 
 passing the gate of the city, he met a Tartar 
 officer, named Kogatai, the commandant of the 
 guard of twelve thousand men, who asked him 
 whither he was going at that late hour. He 
 replied that he was proceeding to wait upon Chin- 
 gis, of whose arrival he had just heard. ' How 
 is it possible,' said the officer, * that he can have 
 arrived in so secret a manner, that I should not 
 have been aware of his approach in time to have 
 ordered a party of guards to attend him 1 ' In 
 the meanwhile, the two Kataians felt assured that, 
 if they should succeed in despatching Achmac, 
 they had nothing further to apprehend. Upon 
 his entering the palace, and seeing so many lights 
 burning, he made his prostrations before Van-ku, 
 supposing him to be the prince ; when Chen-ku, 
 
44 MARCO POLO. 
 
 who stood there provided with a sword, severed his 
 head from his body. Kogatai had stopped at the 
 door, but, upon observing what had taken place, 
 exclaimed that there was treason going forward, 
 and instantly let fly an arrow at Van-ku, as he 
 sat upon the throne, which slew him. He then 
 called to his men, who seized Chen-ku, and 
 despatched an order into the city, that every 
 person found out of doors should be put to death. 
 The Kataians, perceiving, however, that the Tar- 
 tars had made discovery, and being deprived of 
 their leaders, one of whom was killed , and the 
 other a prisoner, kept within their houses, and 
 were unable to make the signals to the other towns, 
 as had been concerted. Kogatai immediately 
 sent messengers to the grand khan, with a circum- 
 stantial relation of all that had passed, who, in 
 return, directed him to make a diligent investiga- 
 tion of the treason, and to punish, according to 
 the degree of their guilt, those whom he should 
 find to have been concerned. On the following 
 day, Kogatai examined all the Kataians, and upon 
 such as were principals in the conspiracy he 
 inflicted capital punishment. The same was 
 done with respect to the other cities that were 
 known to have participated in the guilt. 
 
 ** When his majesty returned to Kambalu, he 
 was desirous of knowing the causes of what had 
 
MARCO POLO. 45 
 
 happened, and then learnt that the infamous 
 Achmac and seven of his sons had commifted 
 those enormities which have been described. He 
 gave orders for removing the treasure that had 
 been accumulated by the deceased, to an incredi- 
 ble amount, from the place of his residence in 
 the old city, to the new ; where it was deposited 
 in his own treasury. He likewise directed that 
 his body should be taken from the tomb, and 
 thrown into the street, to be torn in pieces by the 
 dogs. The sons, who had followed the steps of 
 their father in his iniquities, he caused to be put 
 to death by torture. Reflecting, also, upon the 
 principles of the accursed sect of the Saracens, 
 which indulge them in every crime, and allow 
 them to murder those who differ from them on 
 points of faith, so that even the nefarious Achmac 
 and his sons might have supposed themselves 
 guiltless, he held them in contempt and abomina- 
 tion. Summoning, therefore, these people to his 
 presence, he forbade them to continue many 
 practices enjoined on them by their law, com- 
 manding that, in future, their marriages should 
 be regulated by the custom of the Tartars." 
 
 At the time these events took place, Marco 
 Polo was on the spot. We have, perhaps, given 
 the reader specimens enough of Marco Polo's style 
 
46 
 
 MARCO POLO. 
 
 and manner. These specimens are more favorable 
 in point of interest than would have been selected 
 if the design had simply been to give the reader 
 an idea of the book. Many of the details are 
 tedious, and much of his information is such as he 
 must have obtained from report, and which, of 
 course, cannot be relied upon. We will make one 
 more extract, which, whether fully credited or not 
 by the reader, will, at any rate, be admitted to be a 
 good traveller's story. 
 
 The Besieging Engines, 
 ** Sa-yar-fu is a considerable city of the province 
 Manji, having under its jurisdiction twelve wealthy 
 and large towns. It is a place of great com- 
 merce and extensive manufactures. The in- 
 habitants burn the bodies of their dead, and are 
 idolaters. They are the subjects of his majesty, 
 and use his paper currency. Raw silk is there 
 produced in great quantity, and the finest silks, 
 intermixed with gold, are woven. Game of all 
 kinds abounds. The place is amply furnished 
 with every thing that belongs to a great city ; and, 
 by its uncommon strength, it was enabled to stand 
 a siege of three years, refusing to surrender to 
 the grand khan, even after he had obtained pos- 
 session of the rest of the province. The difficul- 
 ties experienced in the reduction of it were 
 
MARCO POLO. 47 
 
 chiefly occasioned by the army's not being able 
 to approach it, excepting on the northern side ; 
 the others being surrounded with water, by mean?; 
 of which the place continually received supplies, 
 which it was not in the power of the besiegers to 
 prevent. When the operations were reported to 
 his majesty, he felt extremely hurt that this place 
 alone should obstinately resist, after all the rest 
 of the country had been reduced to obedience. 
 The circumstance having come to the knowledge 
 of the brothers Nicolo and Maffio, who were then 
 resident at the imperial court, they immediately 
 presented themselves to the grand khan, and pro- 
 posed to him that they should be allowed to con- 
 struct machines, such as were made use of in the 
 West, capable of throwing stones of three hundred 
 pounds' weight, by which the buildings of the city 
 might be destroyed and the inhabitants killed. 
 Their memorial was attended to by his majesty ; 
 and, warmly approving of their scheme, he gave 
 orders that the ablest smiths and carpenters should 
 be placed under their direction : amongst them 
 were some Nestorian* Christians, who proved to 
 
 * The Nestorians were a sect of Christians who spread 
 into Asia in very early times, and exerted not a little in- 
 fluence in Tartary and China some centuries before Marco 
 Polo's day. He frequently alludes to them in his narra 
 tives. 
 
48 MARCO POLO. 
 
 be the most able mechanics. In a few days, 
 they completed three engines, according to -the 
 instructions furnished by the two brothers ; and, a 
 trial being made of them in the presence of the 
 grand khan and of his whole court, an opportu;iity 
 was afforded of seeing them cast stoqes, ea^h of 
 which weighed three hundred pounds. ■'* They 
 were then put on board of vessels, andjfonveyed 
 to the army. When set up in front^ar the city, 
 the first stone projected by one of tJiCTn, fell with 
 such weight and violence upon a building, that 
 a great part of it was crushed, and fell to ^he 
 ground. So terrified were the inhabitants by this 
 mischief, which to them seemed to be the effect 
 of a thunder-bolt from heaven, that they imme- 
 diately deliberated upon the expediency of sur- 
 rendering. Persons authorized to treat were 
 accordingly sent from the place, and their sub- 
 mission was accepted upon the same terms as 
 had been granted to the rest of the province. 
 This prompt result of their ingenuity increased 
 the reputation and credit of these two Venetian 
 brothers, in the opinion of his majesty and of all 
 his courtiers." 
 
 In such scenes, and engaged in such employ- 
 ment, our travellers remained for many years ; 
 but they did not forget their native city. In the 
 
49 
 
 midst of all the puhj^ business which was in- 
 trusted to them, they did not neglect the great 
 design with which their travels had originated, 
 viz. the acquisition of a fortune by commercial 
 speculations. Their situation gave them great fa- 
 cilities for doing this; and, during the long period 
 of their residence in China, they seem to have 
 kept it constantly in view, and at length to have 
 acquired an immense property, consisting chiefly 
 of gold and jewels. As they advanced in life, 
 their desire to return tiotoe increased. Besides, 
 they began to fear that, by remaining too long, 
 they might find some difficulties in the way of 
 their return. The grand khan was growing very 
 old ; and they could not foresee what would be 
 the character of his successor, and especially his 
 disposition towards them. He might decline 
 rendering them that ^Id without which their re- 
 turn through his dominions might be impracti- 
 cable, or he might even throw obstacles in their 
 way. They had some fear, too, lest the then 
 reigning monarch might not readily accede to their 
 request. They determined to make the effort, 
 and Nicolo, the father of Marco, agreed to em- 
 brace the first favorable opportunity for laying 
 the« subject before the emperor. This was ac- 
 cordingly done ; but *' the emperor," as Marco 
 relates, " instead of showing himself disposed to 
 5 
 
50 MARCO POLO. 
 
 comply with the request, appeared hurt at the 
 application, and asked what motive they could 
 have for wishing to expose themselves to all the 
 inconveniences and hazards of a journey in which 
 they might probably lose their lives. If gain was 
 their object, he said he was willing to give them 
 the double of whatever they possessed, and to 
 gratify them with honors to the extent of their 
 desires ; but that, from the regard he bore to them, 
 he must positively refuse their petition." 
 
 In what way the travellers could have extri- 
 cated themselves from the dilemma in which they 
 were thus placed, if they had been left to their 
 own resources, it is difficult to say ; they were 
 saved the necessity of attempting it, by an occur- 
 rence, which, with the transactions that arose 
 out of it, illustrates so strikingly some remarkable 
 traits of Eastern manners, that we cannot avoid 
 narrating it in detail. It is a romantic story ; but 
 modern commentators, in their researches into 
 Eastern history, find presumptions favoring rather 
 than opposing its truth. 
 
 A prince, reigning over a country in Persia or 
 India, or perhaps partly in both, was allied to the 
 grand khan ; and his queen, on her death-bed, 
 charged her husband not to admit any one tether ' 
 place on the throne with him, but a member of 
 the same family from which they had themselves 
 
MARCO POLO. 51 
 
 sprung, and which was, at this time, near the 
 court of the Chinese emperor. " Desirous of 
 complying with this solemn entreaty, the Persian 
 prince despatched three of his nobles as ambas- 
 sadors, attended by a numerous retinue, to the 
 grand khan, with a request that he might receive, 
 through him, a maiden from among the relatives 
 of the deceased queen." The transaction strongly 
 reminds us of Abraham's dying request in respect 
 to a wife for his son, and the expedition by which 
 it was fulfilled. 
 
 The emperor recei^d the ambassadors very 
 favorably, and promised to do all in his power to 
 promote their object. A young lady was selected, 
 seventeen years of age, and extremely handsome 
 and accomplished. Her name was Kogatin. 
 The ambassadors highly approved the choice ; 
 and, when every thing was arranged for their 
 journey, they set out, with a numerous suite of 
 attendants, and with great pomp and ceremony, 
 on their return. Their route was across the 
 country ; and, after going in safety for eight months, 
 they found their further progress dangerous, and 
 at length impracticable, on account of the wars 
 which broke out among the Tartar princes. They 
 were consequently obliged to return, whether to 
 the disappointment or to the joy of the young 
 bride, the narrative does not say. 
 
52 MARCO PULO. 
 
 About the time of their arrival, Marco Polo 
 happened to return from a voyage he had made, 
 with a few vessels under his orders, to some parts 
 of the East Indies ; and he reported to the grand 
 khan the intelligence he brought respecting the 
 countries which he had visited, and stated also 
 that navigation in those seas, which, the reader 
 will remember, are directly in the route by water 
 to Persia, was perfectly safe. This intelligence 
 reached the ambassadors ; and, as it opened to 
 them a new gleam of hope in respect to their 
 return, they sought an inttiview with Marco, and 
 learned that he, and his father and uncle, were 
 desirous of returning to their home. It was soon 
 agreed to unite their plans; and it was settled 
 between them, that the ambassadors, accompanied 
 by the young queen, should obtain an audience 
 of the emperor, and propose to him that they 
 should return by sea. If he seemed to listen 
 favorably to such a plan, they were then to sug- 
 gest the expediency of allowing the three Vene- 
 tians to accompany them, as they were well skilled 
 in navigation, and especially as Marco had just 
 returned from an expedition into those very 
 seas. 
 
 The emperor liked the first part of the plan,- 
 but was evidently very reluctant to adopt the 
 latter. Still, from political reasons, he felt bound 
 
MARCO POLO. 
 
 53 
 
 to do every thing in his power to promote the 
 safe' return of the ambassadors, and with much 
 hesitation, he at length gave his consent. He 
 sent for the Venetians, and gave them his permis- 
 sion to go, accompanied with many assurances 
 of his regard, and making them promise that, after 
 having visited their friends in Europe, they would 
 return again to his dominions — a promise which 
 they seemed to be very ready to make, though how 
 far they had any serious intention of keeping it, 
 it is, perhaps, more than doubtful. The emperor 
 gave them the golden tablet, to serve as a pass- 
 port, and to procure protection and supplies every 
 where throughout his dominions. He also gave 
 them commissions to act as ambassadors to the 
 pope, and other European potentates. 
 
 Fourteen ships were equipped ; and those not 
 of very small size, if Marco's account of them be 
 true. They had four masts and nine sails each, 
 and the crews of several of them consisted of two 
 or three hundred men. The fleet was provided 
 with stores and provisions for two years. When 
 all things were ready, the ambassadors and the 
 Venetians were dismissed with all due ceremony, 
 and many valuable presents; and the young bride, 
 too, once more bade farewell to her native la^id. 
 
 The fleet worked its way slowly along the 
 coasts of the Indian seas. On account of the 
 5* 
 
54 MARCO POLO. 
 
 crowded state of the ships, the unhealthiness of 
 the climate, and want of comforts and conveni- 
 ences, especially incident, in those early days, to a 
 sea-faring life, they lost about six hundred of the 
 sailors on the passage. Two of the three Persian 
 ambassadors also died. At length, however, with- 
 out any other disasters, the fleet arrived safely at 
 its destined port in Persia. 
 
 The feelings of curiosity and interest Which 
 Kogatin must have felt on her arrival, in respect 
 to her future husband, were annihilated at a single 
 blow, by the intelligence of his death ; and the 
 poor girl found herself thousands of miles from 
 her native land, with all her hopes and prospects 
 blighted and destroyed. The politicians imme- 
 diately took her case into consideration, and 
 decided that she should be presented to the son 
 of the deceased l^ing, who was then the reigning 
 monarch. He was at this time in the northern 
 part of the empire, superintending some military 
 preparations. Some time was occupied in con- 
 veying the young bride thither ; and then, after 
 spending several months in resting from the 
 fatigues of their travels, the Venetians began to 
 think of going on. They were provided with 
 every thing necessary for their journey ; and new 
 tablets from the government of that country were 
 given them, to secure the safe prosecution of the 
 
MARCO POLO. 55 
 
 remainder of their route. By the assistance of 
 the supplies and escorts which were thus provided 
 for them, they slowly made their way towards the 
 north-west, till they reached Constantinople, where 
 they set sail, and reached Venice, in safety, in 
 1295. " On this occasion," — for in these words 
 •the writer concludes his narrative, — " they offered 
 up their thanks to God, who had now been pleased 
 to relieve them from such great fatigues, after 
 having preserved them from innumerable perils." 
 
 Such is, substantially, the story of the first 
 recorded visit from the Western to the Eastern 
 World, in modern times. How far the account 
 is true, and how far fabulous, each reader will 
 of course judge for himself That three travellers 
 did appear in Venice about 1295, coming from 
 the East, loaded with wealth, and exciting uni- 
 versal interest in Venice, by these and similar 
 narrations, there is no doubt. The stories were 
 received with much ridicule and incredulity, 
 though the narrators persisted in asserting their 
 truth. At first, they were given only verbally ; 
 but, after a few years, in a war between Venice 
 and Genoa, Marco was taken prisoner ; and in his 
 jail, at Genoa, with the assistance of a friend, he 
 wrote out his narrative. Copies and translations 
 
56 MARCO POLO. 
 
 were made, and circulated in manuscript (for the 
 art of printing had not then been discovered) ; and 
 from these manuscripts, found in various libraries 
 in the Mediterranean cities, our printed editions 
 of his work have since been taken. The story 
 was almost universally disbelieved, until, in later 
 times, the visits of travellers who have penetrated ' 
 to China by the new maritime route round the 
 Cape of Good Hope, and through the Indian 
 Ocean, have verified the substantial parts of the 
 narration. 
 
 Still there are some circumstances a little sus- 
 picious. The cultivation of tea, and the fashion 
 of compressing the female foot, must have pre- 
 vailed from remote antiquity ; and one would have 
 supposed that they would have arrested the atten- 
 tion of the traveller. He, however, makes no 
 mention of them. 
 
 It is a very remarkable circumstance, too, that 
 he says nothing of the Chinese wall, which, there 
 is abundant evidence to believe, existed long 
 before the time of his journey. Various com- 
 ments have been made upon this omission. Some 
 consider it evidence that his narrative is fictitious ; 
 others suppose that he entered China south of the 
 wall, and did not cross it, or that, if he did cross 
 it, he might not be aware of its immense extent, 
 
MARCO POLO. 57 
 
 and, therefore, might not have considered it as 
 worthy of more notice than any other extensive 
 fortification ; others suppose that the part of his 
 manuscript containing a description of it, may 
 have been lost, or omitted as incredible, in the 
 early copies. It may also be said, both in respect 
 to this point and to those mentioned above, that 
 the manner in which the work was written, would 
 expose the writer very much to the danger of 
 omitting important particulars. The account was 
 not reduced to writing until some years after the 
 return of the travellers, and then chiefly in the 
 form of detached descriptions of particular places 
 and scenes, as they occurred to the writer's mind, 
 rather than in the form of a connected personal 
 narrative. A brief account only of the journey 
 itself precedes these descriptions, by way of in- 
 troduction. 
 
 On the whole, it may, perhaps, be considered as 
 morally certain that three Venetian travellers did 
 actually traverse the Asiatic continent in the thir- 
 teenth century, and find a home for many years in 
 China; and, on the other hand, considering the 
 mental habits of that age, and the circumstances of 
 their expedition, it would have been a case almost 
 miraculous, if they had not exaggerated their 
 exploits, and the wonders which they had seen 
 
t58 MARCO POLO. 
 
 on their return. At any rate, their cotemporanes 
 thought them exaggerated ; for, on account of the 
 very liberal use he made of high numbers, in 
 describing the wealth, and the resources, and the 
 extent of the countries he had visited, our hero, 
 on his return, used to go very often by the name 
 of Mr. Mark Million. • 
 
CAirrONKIVEK 
 
 
CHAPTER 11. 
 
 CANTON. 
 
 It is not our intention, in this volume, to pursue, 
 in regular chronological order, the history of the 
 Chinese empire, or even of European intercourse 
 with it. Y/e are compelled, in order to do justice 
 to such topics as seem to us more important and 
 mteresting to the reader, to pass over, somewhat 
 briefly, many details which it might otherwise be 
 desirable to give. 
 
 After the journey of Marco Polo, who, as was 
 narrated in the last Chapter, made his way to 
 China, by land, across the continent of Asia, 
 European navigators found a more easy access, 
 by water, around the Cape of Good Hope, and 
 .through the Indian Ocean. The Portuguese 
 were the pioneers in this business ; and we must 
 dwell for a moment upon the circumstances of 
 their first connection with China, for the sake 
 of throwing the odium of the system of non- 
 intercourse, now pursued by the government, 
 where it properly belongs. The reader will 
 recollect in what a friendly spirit the emperor 
 
60 CANTOX. 
 
 received the Venetian travellers, and how desirous 
 he was to secure their return. The Europeans 
 who came a few hundred years afterwards by 
 water, were welcomed in the same manner. 
 Alphonso Alberquerque, who was, about 1518, 
 the distinguished Portuguese viceroy in the East 
 Indies (for, in those days, the Portuguese were 
 foremost in enterprises of maritime discovery and 
 conquest), obtained some definite information 
 about China, which he sent home to Lisbon. The 
 government determined to send an ambassador 
 there, for the purpose of opening a negotiation 
 with the Chinese, and making arrangements for 
 a regular commercial intercourse between the two 
 nations. A squadron accordingly sailed, in 1518, 
 from Lisbon, with an ambassador on board. 
 
 The commander of this squadron was a man 
 exactly suited to be intrusted with the business. 
 When he arrived at Canton, in the southern part 
 of China, — the nearest port, — the native boats 
 and vessels crowded around his ships, to gratify 
 their curiosity with the strange sight. He re- 
 ceived them in a friendly manner, betrayed no 
 fear of them, allowed them free access to the 
 decks of his vessels ; and any apprehensions which 
 they might have felt were allayed by perceiving 
 that their visitors were off their guard them- 
 selves. 
 
CANTON. 61 
 
 The ambassador was received, on his landing 
 at Canton, in the most friendly manner, and con- 
 ducted by the authorities there through the 
 country to Pekin, where the emperor resided. 
 He found the emperor disposed to favor his 
 plans in respect to a commercial intercourse 
 with the Portuguese nation. The commander 
 of the squadron, in the mean time, cruised along 
 the coast, visiting the ports, and trading with the 
 natives, making every where a favorable impres- 
 sion. The affairs of the embassy were going on 
 thus prosperously, and an arrangement was on 
 the point of being concluded, when another Por- 
 tuguese squadron, which had been sailing around 
 those seas, began at once those same rude and 
 oppressive practices, so often, in those days, re- 
 sorted to by the unprincipled adventurers who were 
 exploring foreign shores. Its commander landed 
 without permission, and built a fort. He pillaged 
 ships, or extorted money from them, as they passed 
 to and from the ports of China. He seized the 
 natives, and treated them, in many cases, with 
 cruelty and oppression ; and his sailors and soldiers 
 followed his example. This conduct, of course, 
 soon produced a rupture. The Chinese armed 
 themselves in self-defence : they imprisoned the 
 ambassador, and the ships, with great difficulty, 
 escaped. The affair put an end to all hopes of 
 6 
 
62 CANTON. 
 
 commercial arrangements between China and 
 Portugal for some years.* 
 
 After this, the efforts which were made, by the 
 various nations of Europe, to obtain permission 
 to establish a regular trade with China, met with 
 very little success. Tliere was, however, a trade 
 commenced, and carried on for about fifty years, 
 when an event occurred, which gave Europeans 
 their first, and, thus far, their only, permanent pos- 
 session in the Chinese empire. By referring to 
 any map of China, the reader will perceive that 
 Canton is situated towards the southern part of 
 the country, near the mouth of a river, whichy 
 below the city, widens into a broad bay. This 
 bay is filled with islands ; and the shores around 
 it are indented with deep creeks, and these 
 waters were, at this time, infested with pirates, 
 in great numbers, who increased so much in 
 numbers and strength, as to bid defiance to all 
 the efforts of the government to subdue them. 
 Near the southern part of this bay is an island 
 called Macao, which, at this time, was in the 
 possession of a noted leader of these pirates. He 
 was a terror to all the surrounding coasts, and 
 even laid siege to Canton itself. The Portuguese 
 came to the assistance of the government : the 
 
 *• Auber, p. 81. 
 
pirate was driven away to his fastness in Macao, 
 where he was so closely pressed by his allied foes, 
 that he killed himself; and the Chinese, in grati- 
 tude, granted the island to the Portuguese, as a 
 perpetual possession ; and they have held it to 
 this day. 
 
 It is almost exclusively through this island, and 
 the bay connected with it, leading to the city of 
 Canton, that European nations have been permit- 
 ted to hold commercial intercourse with China for 
 the two or three last centuries. So that China, 
 so far as it has been accessible to Europeans or 
 Americans, means Canton and its vicinity. A few 
 Catholic missionaries, and an occasional ambas- 
 sador from some foreign power, have been toler- 
 ated at Pekin ; and some of the latter have made 
 journeys through the country from Canton to 
 Pekin : these cases have, however, been com- 
 paratively few. 
 
 From these circumstances, therefore, it happens 
 that Canton and its vicinity deserves a far more 
 particular attention than its geographical impor- 
 tance, estimated by the figure it makes upon the 
 map, would seem to justify. It is there that the 
 European ships collect from every nation, to 
 receive their cargoes. It is there that the prod- 
 ucts of the country are brought — teas, and silks, 
 and nankeens — to be sold to the English and 
 
64 CANTOxN. 
 
 American supercargoes, by about twelve Chinese 
 merchants, appointed to be the channels of the 
 trade. Canton has been the scene of the various 
 petty collisions which have been continually occur- 
 ring between the local authorities and the foreign 
 residents. Canton has been the point to which 
 the attention of Protestant missionaries has been 
 turned. Here, or in its vicinity, Morrison has 
 lived ; the Bible has been translated, and printed, 
 and distributed ; in a word. Canton, in respect 
 to connection with foreign nations, is China. 
 
 In attempting to make our readers acquainted 
 with this spot, we shall first introduce them to it 
 under the guidance of an American, who visited it 
 very recently in the course of business. We take 
 his account, furnished us for this purpose, thinking 
 that the actual description of an eye-witness will 
 be more agreeable to the reader than any general 
 description collated from several accounts. For 
 the more distinct illustration of it, we have inserted, 
 at the commencement of the Chapter, a map of 
 the harbor, which will also be of service to the 
 reader, to be referred to hereafter, in reading oth- 
 er accounts relating to European visits to China. 
 
 " The latter part of our passage up the China 
 Sea was rather rough, which was no more than 
 we expected at this season. On Thursday even- 
 
CANTON. 65 
 
 ing of the 2d of September, we lay to off the 
 land in a gale of wind from the southward ; the 
 next morning, made sail again, and, at eight 
 o'clock, came in sight of the land, and, at two 
 o'clock in the afternoon, after a passage from 
 Boston of one hundred and two days, having 
 sailed, by our log, the distance of fifteen thousand 
 seven hundred and fifty miles, we came to 
 anchor in Cap Sing Moon, a roadstead on the 
 northern coast of the Island of Santoa, the usual 
 place of rendezvous for ships, at this season of 
 the year. We found here several American, and 
 a still larger number of English ships. Imme- 
 diately upon anchoring, we were boarded by 
 Chinese fast-boats^ belonging to men who wait 
 upon ships lying here, supplying them with pro- 
 visions, &/C. They seemed very much pleased to 
 see the captain of our ship, whom they had seen 
 before, and were as full of news and palaver as 
 they could possibly be. 
 
 " Ships lying at Sintin and Cap Sing Moon, 
 although within the waters of China, are not 
 recognized by the government, and, of course, are 
 subject to no charges or interruptions from them. 
 
 " These anchorages are the stations of the opi- 
 um store ships, which lie there throughout the 
 year, for the purpose of delivering opium to the 
 Chinese smugglers. The ostensible laws of the 
 
66 CANTON. 
 
 emperor of China prohibit, under the most 
 severe penalties, the importation of opium into 
 the country, in any shape. Still, however, the 
 trade is carried on, to an immense extent ; and 
 the * smug-boats,^ as they are called, which are 
 pulled by forty or fifty oars, and as many despe- 
 rate fellows, armed to the teeth, and in boats 
 which they will pull at the rate of twelve or 
 fourteen miles an hour, go up and down the river 
 in open day, in defiance of the mandarin and 
 man-of-war boats, which are constantly out in 
 search for them. 
 
 *' We learned here, that the season had been 
 uncommonly boisterous, ' and that tifoongs, a 
 sort of hurricane (so called from the Chinese 
 words ti, heavy, and foong, wind), had been 
 frequent. One occurred on the third of August 
 last, which made terrible and afflictive devasta- 
 tion of lives and property. An immense number 
 of Chinese fishermen,- who were out in their boats 
 at the time the storm commenced, were de- 
 stroyed, being either driven upon the rocks and 
 islands, or foundered in the fury of the gale. 
 
 " The tifoongs in the China Sea are peculiarly 
 dreaded by all mariners; and they are among the 
 greatest of the calamities that befall the Chi- 
 nese. They come on very suddenly, with little 
 warning, and blow with the utmost fury and 
 
CANTON. 6T 
 
 violence, the wind shifting from point to point, as 
 in a hurricane, and tossing the sea into such 
 irregular waves and violent commotion, as to 
 render it peculiarly dangerous for the largest and 
 strongest ships. Instances have occurred of East 
 India Company ships, which are as strong, 
 perhaps, as any in the world, foundering, with 
 their whole crews. These hurricanes occur in 
 the months of August, September, and October. 
 
 **0n Saturday, at five in the afternoon, our 
 captain started, in a fast-boat, for Canton, distant 
 seventy miles. I, in another, left at the same 
 time for Macao, distant about twenty-two miles. 
 We had a fair wind, and were only three hours 
 in reaching Macao. My boat was manned with 
 five Chinese. These fast-boats, from their pe- 
 culiar model, are admirably adapted for sailing. 
 They are generally about thirty feet long, slightly 
 constructed of some light and buoyant wood, the 
 after part of the hull being full, and of oval shape, 
 * running away ' forward, very sharp, and narrow. 
 They are covered with a deck, rendered water 
 tight, and have three masts, which may be ship- 
 ped and unshipped at pleasure, and mat sails. 
 Though of so frail a fabric, they are capital sea- 
 boats, and so light and buoyant as to weather 
 with safety a heavy sea and wind. I was much 
 struck with the apparent cheerfulness and con- 
 
68 CANTON. 
 
 tentment of the boatmen, and the good will and 
 harmony which seemed to prevail among them. 
 They smoked from the same pipe, alternately, 
 and chewed their beetel-nut out of the same dish, 
 from the captain to the boy. Soon after we left 
 the ship, they began to prepare their dinner, 
 which was of boiled rice, and meat cut up in 
 bits, and simmered over the fire, with a goodly 
 preparation of pepper and other stimulants. The 
 flavor recommended it : but, though I was invited 
 to partake of their repast, I declined. 
 
 *'Each l)oat has its deity or idol, which is left 
 in the hold, in the safest part of the boat. It is 
 generally a small image of the goddess of the sea, 
 made of wax, and is considered the guardian of 
 their boat. It is kept in a sitting posture, fan- 
 tastically dressed in silks of the gaudiest colors, 
 and placed in a shrine lined with tinsel. Two 
 lights are kept burning before her ; and twice a 
 day they present her with cups of tea, sweet- 
 meats, fruit, &/C. ; but, as she never deigns to 
 accept of them, the boatmen themselves, after 
 waiting a due time, are obliged to swallow their 
 offerings for her. I observed that, at sunset, they 
 light five matches (* Josh sticks'), which were 
 stuck up in different parts of the boat. Upon my 
 asking the boatman why he did so, he replied, 
 that it was * Chin Chin Josh,' meaning that it was 
 
an offering to the god of the sea, for the con- 
 tinuation of a good breeze. Upon my trying 
 to persuade him that such idolatry was all folly, 
 he replied, ^That have old custom,'' That it is 
 an old custom, is evidence enough to any Chinese, 
 that whatever he may be doing, is right; and 
 foreign innovations or improvements, in any case, 
 are repelled with scorn, xhe fast-boat men are 
 generally a pretty faithful and industrious class, 
 and live better than the generality of the laboring 
 Chinese. 
 
 " I arrived at Macao about eight in the evening, 
 and was pulled ashore in a littLe^pckle-sheJLpf a 
 shore boatj^ by .a couple of Chinese ladies, quite 
 active, brisk-looking girls. On my landing, how- 
 ever, they were loud in their demands for * cum- 
 shard, cumshard ' (a present) ; and a dollar would 
 hardly satisfy them for pulling me twenty yards. 
 I wa^s next obliged to. pay the mandarin a dollar 
 for the privilege of landing, and was then allowed 
 to go into the hotel, which seemed quite a respect- 
 able establishment, and was kept by a Chinese. 
 Upon my arrival there, a book was brought to me 
 requiring the name and cargo of the ship, the 
 number of our guns, and other particulars. My 
 principal object, in coming here, was to procure 
 a pilot, to conduct our ship up to Canton; and 
 arrangements to this effect were soon made. 
 
70 CANTON. 
 
 The pilot, however, needed a little time to prepare 
 for his departure, particularly to obtain from the 
 authorities the proper documents authorizing the 
 ship to proceed ; and I embraced the opportunity 
 thus afforded for obtaining some little knowledge 
 of Macao. It is situated in the depth of a small 
 bay, on the extreme end of an island, separated 
 from the continent by the river Tigris, and is 
 the only spot, within the dominions of thfe emperor 
 of China, where foreigners are allowed to have 
 their families. The foreign residents at Macao, 
 probably, do not exceed in number, three thousand, 
 including Portuguese, English and Americans ; 
 and their limits, as to territory, are within the 
 space of three miles one way, and one mile the 
 other, beyond which bounds, they cannot pass. 
 There are a great many Chinese living at Macao ; 
 and the government, though nominally in the 
 hands of the Portuguese, is administered, in fact, 
 by Chinese mandarins. The Portuguese, how- 
 ever, have their own governor, and were allowed 
 to build a fort at each end of the town, where 
 their flags are kept hoisted. They have one or 
 two churches, and a monastery and nunnery. 
 The number of padres and friars, even in that 
 confined community, is not small ; and you meet 
 them at every turn in the street. There are quite 
 ft number of handsome buildings, particularlj 
 
CANTON- 71 
 
 those belonging to the honoraDle East India 
 Company ; and some of the streets are clean and 
 well paved. Macao, from the bay, presents a 
 very pretty appearance, the principal buildings 
 facing the water ; and throughout the year, it is 
 said to be a healthy residence. 
 
 " At four o'clock of the afternoon of the next 
 day, I started iraiQ_Ma^o mXh my pilot^ and 
 reached the ship at Lintin at twelve o'clock the 
 same night. 
 
 ** At this stormy season of the year, ships do 
 not lie at Lintin. It is a small, barren island, 
 inhabited only by a few fishermen. The next 
 evening, we got under way for Whampoa, and 
 arrived that night at Chumpee, just outside of the 
 Bocca Tigris, or mouth of the Tigris. It is 
 called by the English and Americans Bogus. 
 It is not more than a quarter of a mile wide, and 
 ships are not allowed to pass through it in the 
 night. It is defended, on each side, by two or 
 three forts, considered, no doubt, by the Chinese, 
 as impregnable, but which are, in fact, rather 
 ludicrous specimens of fortification. Each fort 
 is surrounded by a stone wall, which, the sailors 
 say, is for the purpose of preventing the soldiers 
 from running away. Upon the ship's arrival at 
 the Bogue (i. e. the entrance of the river), the 
 pil^tJsjjbJiged tngo^ \u his boat, to each fort, anJ 
 
72 CANTON. 
 
 prese nt his chop, or passpor t, from the head man- 
 darin, for the passage of the ship. Upon passing 
 within the Bogue, you are considered as within 
 the jurisdiction of the laws of China ; and a petJX, 
 mandarin is sent to remain by the ship, during 
 the time she is in the river, to prevent smuggling. 
 
 " The river within the Bogue is of irregular 
 width, and the channel for ships is narrow. The 
 banks of the river are low, and sometimes over- 
 flowed : they are extremely fertile and highly 
 cultivated. The population of the country is so 
 very great, that every patch of ground that is 
 capable of vegetation, is improved. The number 
 of junks and uoats of all sizes and shapes, that 
 are constantly passing up and down the river, in 
 all directions, is immense ; and not unfrequently 
 you may see the poor fisherman cruising about 
 from place lo place, in search of something to 
 prolong a miserable existence, his boat containing 
 his home, his family, and the amount of his 
 worldly possessions, A stranger, at least, cannot 
 view with indifference such a scene, so entirely 
 dissimilar to any thing he may meet with else- 
 where. 
 
 '* The strength of the tide in the river is such, 
 that it is impossible to make any progress, until its 
 turn is in your favor ; and it was not until the 
 Jthird_d§jr^fter leaving Lintin, that we arrived at 
 
CANTON. ^ 
 
 Whampoa. The river is so narrow as only to 
 admit of two ships lying abreast ; and the reach 
 or anchorage extends three or four miles up and 
 down the river. Immediately on our arrival at 
 this anchorage, we were surrounded by thirty or 
 forty different boats. First came ihsLQQIUJ^^ctdorf 
 ojiJBostpii Jack, as he is called, a stout, portly 
 China-man, who supplies most of the American 
 ships lying here, with whatever they require. 
 Then came the boatmen, each one anxious and 
 begging to obtain the employment of waiting upon 
 the ship during her stay here. Then came the 
 washer-women, some twenty or thirty, of all ages, 
 each one clamorous for the privilege of washing 
 the clothes for the men. All this constituted a 
 bustling scene. 
 
 " Whampoa is the great anchorage ground for 
 European ships; and, in the business season of 
 the year, there will be found here the richest 
 and finest fleet of merchant vessels in the world. 
 There were sixty here when we arrived. 
 
 "On the left side of the anchorage, going up, 
 is a fertile island, called Dane's Island, covered 
 with fields of paddy and sugar-cane. It is so 
 named from the privilege formerly allowed the 
 Danes of going ashore for their amusement, at 
 any time, and for the purpose of burying their 
 dead there. French Island, just above it, is so 
 7 
 
/ 
 
 74 CANTON. 
 
 called from the same circumstances. The Chinese 
 prefer that foreigners, when ashore, should be 
 kepi separate, in consequence of their liability to 
 quarrel. French Island is covered with trees, 
 and has on it a considerable village. There are 
 thousands of Chinese, who are born, live and die 
 in their boats on the river, and who obtain an 
 uncertain subsistence by fishing, begging and 
 thieving. They are so numerous, that it is 
 almost unaccountable how they make out to 
 , subsist, even by such means. 
 
 "The name Whampoa designates a village, as 
 well as an anchorage, which is situated on an 
 \ island of the same name, in the middle of the 
 I river, leaving a passage to Canton on each side. 
 ^It is almost exclusively inhabited by persons 
 employed as government officers, H oppoo men, 
 or custom-house officers, and persons employed 
 in waiting upon and working for the foreign 
 ships lying in the river. No foreigner is allowed 
 to enter the village, unless accompanied by the 
 comprador, who waits upon the ship to which 
 they belong. He conducts them only to his own 
 house, and is himself held strictly accountable 
 for their good conduct when with him. From 
 the glimpse I once got of the streets, when pass- 
 ing pretty near, I should not consider the tempta- 
 tion to enter it very strong. 
 
CANTON. 75 
 
 *' A little way above Whampoa -village, and the 
 most conspicuous object around, is a Chinese 
 pagoda, said to be one of the highest in the 
 province. It is situated on a little mound, which 
 you pass very near, in going up the river. It is 
 nine stories in height, surrounded by a sort of 
 balcony or lookout, which may be two hundred 
 feet from the ground. It is built entirely of a 
 grey colored stone, of a circular form, each story 
 surrounded with a gallery, and regularly decreas- 
 ing in circumference as they rise from the lower 
 one, which may be forty feet through. It bears 
 marks of being of very ancient date, the stone 
 being of a sort of dirty buff color, similar to old 
 marble. Trees and shrubs are growing out from 
 the nooks and crevices, that abound all over the 
 building; and from the top of the pagoda there 
 are two or three pretty large trees growing out. 
 From the bottom of the building, inside, you 
 can look to the top, there being no stairway, and 
 the only way of ascending it being by means of 
 a small ladder, which you may drag up with you 
 from story to story. The walls inside are covered 
 with a sort of porcelain, painted rudely in figures 
 of flying dragons and other fantastical and ludi- 
 crous Chinese devices. It has a magnificent, 
 and, at the same time, a desolate and melancholy 
 appearance, built, as it must have been, at an 
 
76 <?AMTO.\, 
 
 immense expenditure of time and labor, and for 
 some idolatrous purpose, rearing its lofty height 
 far above every thing around it — a monument of 
 wasted labor and misdirected skill, and strangely 
 contrasting with the thousand scenes of misery 
 and wretched suffering within view of it. Its 
 base is surrounded with some few miserable 
 hovels, the abode of twenty or thirty hali-starved 
 wretches, in rags and filth, and all the horrors 
 of squalid penury. 
 
 ** Half way from Whampoa to Canton is another 
 pagoda, on the bank of the river, and exactly 
 similar to that at Whampoa. Near it, on a point 
 at the bend of the river, is a large fort belonging 
 to the Chinese government, and erected there at 
 the expense of a great Hong merchant, and called 
 by his name. 
 
 '* Canton is fourteen miles by water from Wham- 
 poa, and, on each side of the river, the land is 
 low and marshy, and converted into paddy fields 
 very richly cultivated. Until within three or four 
 miles of the city, you see but very few buildings 
 on shore, and nothing but the cultivation of the 
 soil to assure you that you are in an extremely 
 populous country. As you approach Canton, 
 however, the scene alters entirely : each side of 
 the river is lined with vast numbers of boats of 
 various sizes, and the shore covered with chop 
 
CANTON. 77 
 
 houses, Chinese junks, of the most grotesque 
 models, and of all sizes, from fifty to a hundred 
 tons ; junks, too, from Siam, Cochin-Chin a, 
 Hainan and Japan, each distinguished by its 
 own peculiarities of form. They are all appropri- 
 ately called jw/iA.s", being flat-bottomed, wall-sided, 
 with a high, square, open stern, far too large in 
 proportion to the other part of the hulk, the 
 bluff bows turning in, after the shape of a fiddle 
 head. On each bow is painted a monstrous eye, 
 that the junk, as the Chinese say, may be enabled 
 to see her way through the loater in the night. 
 They appeared to me an awkward and unman- 
 ageable kind of craft. 
 
 " When within about two miles of the foreign 
 factories, in the suburbs of Canton, it is a difficult 
 matter even for a small boat to get along without 
 molestation, the river being narrow, and choked 
 with vast numbers of canal boats, chop boats, &c., 
 and thousands of passage boats, driving about in 
 every direction, each one looking out for himself 
 alone, and the tide running either up or down, 
 with great force and rapidity. Notwithstanding 
 these difficulties, however, we at last reached the 
 city ; but, as no one in the boat with me had ever 
 been up the river before, it was some time before 
 I could find the place where foreigners were 
 allowed to land. I had got too far up ; and twice, 
 7* 
 
78 CANTON, 
 
 in attempting to put ashore, I was received with 
 such scowling looks and threatening gestures, 
 as to show that I was approaching forbidden 
 ground. After cruising up and down some time, 
 I at last found an opening in front of the factories, 
 and determined to land, right or wrong, and 
 accordingly pushed in through a score of boats, 
 and got ashore in the midst of no inconsiderable 
 uproar, which was raised against me. Here, how- 
 ever, I met with a gentleman who had seen the 
 difficulty in which I had been involved, and who 
 came down to direct me which way to go. I had 
 not come far from the mark, and only had to 
 send the boat a little farther down. At any rate, 
 I found myself on terra firma, on the soil of the 
 far-famed celestial empire, the eart'hly paradise ; 
 and I said to myself, as I looked around me, * If 
 this be a fair sample of its beauties, it is no 
 paradise for me.' 
 
 ** The space allowed for the residences of the 
 foreigners at Canton is on the north bank of the 
 river, and runs east and west about one quarter 
 of a mile, and north and south the length of the 
 Hongs, or ranges of factories. This includes the 
 whole space in China where foreigners are priv" 
 ileged to reside. There are twelve Hongs be- 
 longing to the residents, the ends of which face 
 the river, and run back, in a straight line, three 
 
CANTON. '/9 
 
 or four hundred feet, each Hong being divided 
 into five, and some of them into six factories or 
 tenements. Each Hong is designated by its own 
 name. They are substantially built of brick or 
 stone, and form very comfortable residences. The 
 front factories are ten stories in height, and most 
 of the inner ones three. A passage vi^ay or court, 
 of sufficient width, runs through the middle of 
 each Hong, from one end to the other. The 
 buildings belong to the foreign merchants, and 
 the ground on which they stand, to the Hong mer- 
 chants, who are Chinese ; and they are responsible 
 for the good conduct of all the foreigners whom 
 they deal with. The ground rent of the factories 
 is very exorbitant. The Hong belonging to the 
 honorable East India Company is by far the most 
 splendid of the group, having a spacious and 
 elegant verandah projecting in front of it, where 
 the officers of the company generally dine in 
 summer ; and in front of that, a walled garden, 
 extending to the river. The Dutch have a Hong 
 pretty much on the same plan ; but it will not 
 compare with it in magnificence. 
 
 '* Foreigners are allowed to go to any part of the 
 suburbs of the city, which are very extensive, 
 but on no account whatever are they to be ad- 
 mitted within the walls of the city. The only 
 place where the residents can walk for recrea- 
 
tion, is the little square in front of the factories; 
 and there the greater part of the whole com- 
 munity of them may be seen walking to and fro. 
 It may be called their fashionable place of resort. 
 The ' Point,' which projects a little into the river, 
 and which is the spot where foreigners are allowed 
 to land in their boats, is a narrow space, perhaps 
 sixty feet wide, a dirty, muddy spot, swarming 
 with children from the boats that throng the 
 banks. From this point, a stranger may, for a 
 long time, contemplate with interest the scene 
 before him. It is the station of two or three 
 petty mandarins, whose duty is to see that nothing 
 is smuggled on or from shore, in the foreigners' 
 boats. It is said, however, that a dollar or two 
 will seldom fail of making them completely blind, 
 when it is the will of the giver that it should be so. 
 It is the starting place, also, of hundreds of passage 
 boats, constantly plying with their passengers, 
 to and from Honam, on the opposite side of the 
 river. A greater part of these boats are propelled 
 by females, who, in appearance, are hardly distin- 
 guished from the men, being extremely rough and 
 masculine in their manners and habits. It is 
 really amusing to stand and view the singular 
 habits and the variety of characters of the multi- 
 tudes that may always be seen at the point. 
 Here may be seen a cluster of stupid, thick- 
 
CANTON. 81 
 
 headed China-men, looking with affected scorn 
 and contempt ; the staid and sedate Parsees or 
 Persians ; the supercargoes and other officers of 
 the English and American ships; and other foreign 
 residents. Jack Tar also helps to vary the scene, 
 loaded with his traps and knick-knacks, waiting 
 for the turn of tide, or reeling about in a state of 
 inebriety. The Lascars, or Malays, on furlough, 
 are there, too, cooking their rice and curry in 
 the open air, growling and quarrelling with every 
 one who approaches too near them. The shore, 
 too, is lined with hundreds of boats, lying in tiers 
 of three or four deep, the habitations of thousands 
 of Chinese, whose means of subsistence are a 
 mystery. The square in front of the factories, 
 during tlie day, is usually occupied by a host of 
 barbers, quack doctors, smugglers, fortune-tellers, 
 thieves, &.C., who can pick pockets with great 
 dexterity, and who frequently exercise their art 
 upon their own countrymen from the mountains, 
 when gazing, with eyes and mouth wide open, in 
 stupid wonder, at the novel scene. 
 
 ** There are ten Hong merchants at Canton 
 specially appointed by government to transact thf 
 foreign trade, and who have particular privileges, 
 which are not allowed to the 'outside men,' ai. 
 all the other traders are called. Through thei? 
 hands the entire crop of tea is sold and shipped 
 
82 CANTON. 
 
 from their several Hongs. Their Hongs, as has 
 been before remarked, are immense store-houses, 
 substantially built of brick or stone, running in a 
 lateral direction from the bank of the river to the 
 depth of four or six hundred feet. The quantity 
 of merchandise constantly passing in and out 
 of them is immense. There is a heavy duty 
 levied by government on all imports and exports, 
 upon the receipt and delivery of which the Hop- 
 poo men, and custom-house officers are constantly 
 on hand. The Hong merchants, individually and 
 as a body, are held responsible, by government, 
 for the good conduct and quiet demeanor of all 
 foreigners residing at Canton, and through them, 
 only, can any application be made to government 
 for the redress of grievances. In fact, the man- 
 darins, with regard to any circumstances con- 
 nected with trade, recognize only the Hong mer- 
 chants. Every ship, on her arrival at Whampoa, 
 must, before she can proceed to business, be 
 * secured ' by a Hong merchant, who is obliged to 
 give heavy bonds that the whole business of the 
 ship shall be conducted exactly according to law, 
 that no smuggling whatever shall be allowed, and 
 that the officers and crew of the ship behave 
 themselves correctly. 
 
 ** An instance occurred, while we were there, 
 of an officer of one of the ^ country ships ' smug- 
 
CANTON. 83' 
 
 gling on board two small cases of silk, his own 
 adventure. On its being discovered, the manda- 
 rins demanded from the Hong merchant and con- 
 signee thirty thousand dollars ; and, after being 
 detained for three weeks, the ship was released 
 by the payment of ten thousand dollars. The 
 Chinese, in such cases, would be unable to prevent 
 a ship's getting under way, and going to sea. 
 But the ship would have to go without her ' grand 
 chop,' as it is called, or permission to pass the 
 forts, which can never be obtained so long as. 
 there be any suspicion that all is not right. The 
 result would be, that the trade with that nation to 
 which the ship belonged would be stopped, and 
 to renew it, would be utterly impossible until the 
 full fine was paid. 
 
 "Between the American and Monquas Hongs, 
 runs Old China street, well known to all who have 
 visited Canton. The entrance to it is through a 
 strong gate, which can be closed at any time. 
 The street is perfectly straight, and is well paved 
 with broad flag-stones. The shops are of two 
 Tories, built of stone and brick, and are very 
 uniform in appearance. On each shop door is a 
 sign, in English, showing the name and profession 
 of the occupant. Most of the silk-merchants 
 reside here, with whom the contracts for silk 
 are generally made, who keep in their shops only 
 
84 CANTON. 
 
 samples of the different kinds. Here, also, are 
 the shops of the * chow-chow men.' ChoW'chow 
 means any article of merchandise excepting teas 
 and silks. These shops abound with curiosities 
 and valuables of almost every kind, and a stranger 
 may quickly expend a large amount ere he be 
 aware of it. Ivory, pearl, and tortoise-shell, are 
 famous articles of manufacture ; and it is surpris- 
 ing how cheap they can be afforded. Paintings 
 on rice paper and glass, lackered ware, China 
 ware, &c. &lc., can be furnished in any quantity, 
 and at the shortest notice. 
 
 " Many of these * outside men ' are considered 
 honest in their dealings, particularly those who 
 think they have obtained a 'good face,' which 
 they are anxious to preserve unspotted. Still a 
 transient dealer must be on his guard, as they 
 have usually a variety of prices for their goods, 
 which they demand according to the quality and 
 appearance of the buyer. They all speak a sort of 
 Anglo-Chinese dialect, which, at first, it is rather 
 difficult to understand. They are indefatigable 
 in pursuit of * pidgeon,' or trade, and will con- 
 tract to furnish almost anything with the prospect 
 of making any thing by it. Contracts with them 
 are, of course, always verbal, and punctually ex- 
 ecuted by those who do not wish to * lose face.' 
 Immediately upon a stranger's arrival at Canton, 
 
CANTON. 85 
 
 he may rely upon being visited by the whole host 
 of these dealers in China street, who, full of their 
 compliments, demand his name, his business, &/C. 
 Each presents his card, and says, * My like very 
 much do litty pidgeon long you.' 
 
 *' New China street, which runs between the 
 Danish and French Hongs, is c^the same extent, 
 and similar to Old China street. They are both 
 occupied exclusively by men engaged in trade 
 with the foreigners. 
 
 " The other streets in the suburbs of Canton, 
 are very numerous, and are so narrow and irregu- 
 larly laid out, as to form a complete labyrinth, 
 from which a stranger, without a guide, can extri- 
 cate himself only by his good luck. He may, 
 unfortunately, stroll into some quarter unfrequent- 
 ed by foreigners, — and such instances are not 
 uncommon, — when he will be hooted at, and beset, 
 and perhaps robbed, by a mob of mischievous 
 boys, old and young. The shops are innumerable, 
 most of them large, and abundantly furnished with 
 almost every imaginable variety of articles, and 
 far surpassing in richness every thing I have ever 
 before seen. The shops are entirely open in 
 front, and are generally painted with various 
 colors, over which scarlet and vermilion pre- 
 dominate. There are numerous signs, hung per- 
 pendicularly, covered with gilt Chinese charac- 
 8 
 
86 CANTON. 
 
 ters. In these shops you seldom meet with any 
 one who understands English. Whatever you 
 may wish for will be obtained by the dealers in 
 China street. 
 
 " Physic street is the name of one of the hand- 
 somest of these streets — entirely occupied by 
 apothecaries. Trtie shops are kept very clean, 
 and apparently well furnished. Picture street is 
 one of the most interesting, containing whole 
 shops of paintings on glass — an art in which the 
 Chinese much excel. The best of these pictures 
 frequently represent the emperor, or some of his 
 family. Such pictures are interdicted exportation, 
 under a severe penalty. Carpenters' square is a 
 considerable cluster of buildings, occupied en- 
 tirely by carpenters employed almost exclusively 
 by the foreigners. The Chinese are very expert 
 and neat in making furniture and trunks ; and 
 labor is so very cheap, that such articles can be 
 obtained upon very moderate terms. 
 
 " ' Hog lane,' contiguous to the English Com- 
 pany's Hong, and running parallel with it, is the 
 place where sailors usually make their purchases. 
 [t is a narrow, dirty street, formerly named, by 
 the residents, * Hong lane,' as it led from the 
 square into the suburbs, but is corrupted by the 
 sailors into ' Hog lane,' which is quite as appro- 
 priate. It is occupied entirely by petty trades- 
 
CANTON. 87 
 
 men, who have assumed English names, such as 
 * Jemmy/ * Good Tom,' &/C., and who generally 
 succeed in drawing from Jack all his hard-earned 
 money, ere he leaves them. Each one has two 
 or three signs up before his door, calculated to 
 catch the eye of a sailor, representing flags, ships, 
 &c., and frequently very odd and ludicrous de- 
 vices in English. The moment a boat's crew get 
 ashore, a half a dozen of these Hog lane men 
 surround them, entice them into their shops, and, 
 with the aid of spirituous liquors, seldom fail of 
 obtaining all their cash. 
 
 " The city of Canton itself is surrounded by a 
 wall of irregular height, from thirty to forty feet. 
 One of the principal gates is within a half a mile 
 of the factories. The thickness of the wall here 
 may be twenty feet ; the gate perhaps as many 
 wide. It is guarded by two or three soldiers, 
 dressed in the uniform of the emperor, of a tawdry 
 yellow color. An uninterrupted crowd of people 
 are constantly flowing in and out of it ; but among 
 that crowd you never see a * Fanquai.'* I at- 
 tempted twice to pass within the walls, first by 
 flattery and gentle means, and again, by a sudden 
 push ; but to no effect. These watchful servants 
 of his celestial majesty were too much on the 
 
 * A European. 
 
88 CANTON. 
 
 alert : they seemed, however, rather amused than 
 provoked, at ray attempts to pass them. I was 
 allowed to go far enough to look inside, and to 
 inhale a draught of the forbidden air, and to see 
 that there was but little difference between the 
 confined and crowded street within, and that 
 without. It is said, however, that the streets 
 within are generally wider and cleaner, and the 
 buildings generally more neat and comfortable. 
 From a view of the city from the top of the fac- 
 tory, there appeared to be but a few buildings 
 beyond the ordinary size, and but few spires of 
 any height. It is said that there are some very 
 fine and extensive gardens within the city. The 
 houses are generally built of wood and covered 
 with tiles. Fires, of course, are common, and 
 often cause much destruction and misery. Sha- 
 meen, a portion of the suburbs just above the 
 factories, and separated from them only by a small 
 creek, was burnt down while we were there. In 
 the short space of four hours, three or four hun- 
 dred houses were completely destroyed, and forty 
 or fifty of the miserable occupants perished in 
 the flames. In the year 1822, all the foreign 
 factories were destroyed by a fire, which first 
 originated near the walls of the city. 
 
 ** About two miles above Canton, on the banks 
 of the river, are the Fahteen Gardens, where the 
 
CANTON. 80 
 
 residents frequently resort, in the summer season, 
 for the purpose of recreation, and the enjoyment 
 of a purer and renovating air. Fahteen consists 
 of a cluster of gardens, regularly arranged on 
 the banks of the river, expressly intended as a 
 fashionable place of concourse for the Chinese 
 gentry, although foreigners are readily admitted, 
 upon the payment of a trifling sum. Each 
 garden is enclosed, and covers a space of five or 
 six acres, in front of which is a store or public 
 house, where the proprietor of the garden lives, 
 who furnishes visitors with whatever refreshments 
 they may require, and keeps bouquets and pots 
 of flowers. In the rear of the building, hid 
 among the trees on each side of the garden, are 
 the ranges of rooms for the separate accommoda- 
 tion of different parties, finished very much after 
 the style of the fashionable coffee-houses ai^a 
 restaurateurs in Europe. In fact, so far as 
 convenience, neatness, and beauty of workman- 
 ship, are regarded, these rooms display nothing 
 of barbarism, or w^ant of taste ; and they can be 
 speedily furnished with the means of comfort and 
 luxury. In the centre of the garden is an 
 exuberant collection of beautiful flowers, of a 
 great variety of species, most of them of the 
 richest fragrance and beauty, neatly arranged in 
 rows. Fruit-trees are abundant. 
 
90 CANTON. 
 
 *' Many of the plants are in large earthen jars, 
 and are daily watered and nurtured by men in 
 constant attendance. In the middle of the 
 garden is a pond, of a circular form, artificially 
 excavated, its depths abounding with fish of 
 various kinds, and its surface with * mandarin 
 ducks' — birds of a most splendid plumage. At 
 its sides are little buildings, containing all the 
 apparatus and appurtenances necessary for bath- 
 ing. In the rear of all is a thick grove of shady 
 trees, intersected with graveled walks, and 
 abounding with arbors, which form a gratifying 
 and delightful retreat from the bustling hum of 
 the confined and noisome air of Canton. 
 
 *' A favorite amusement of some of the resi- 
 dents is that of pulling and sailing up the river in 
 boats. They sometimes land on the banks, and 
 take a walk ; but they dare not go back far, as 
 they would be likely to be waylaid, robbed and 
 beaten by the Chinese. The prospect up the 
 river is beautiful. Islands are numerous, cov- 
 ered with trees, or highly cultivated, and often 
 adorned with pagodas and * Josh houses.' The 
 country is, apparently, very fertile, and every foot 
 of it under the hand of the agriculturalist. The 
 surface of the river is covered with ten thousand 
 junks, and boats of different sizes. Huge canal- 
 boats, which, in size and shape, perhaps, furnish 
 
CANTON. 91 
 
 not a bad illustration of Noah's ark, laden either 
 with country produce or foreign merchandise, 
 are seen passing up or down the river, which, by 
 means of canals, is navigable for hundreds of 
 miles into the interior. 
 
 " Honam is a considerable island, opposite the 
 ' city of Canton, and divides the stream of the 
 river in two parts, one of which flows through the 
 Bogue, and the other forms the back passage to 
 Macao, and separates it from the continent. 
 Honam is thickly inhabited, is very fertile, and 
 many of the Chinese gentlemen have their 
 <iwellings and families there, retiring there them- 
 selves after the business of the day. On the 
 island is a cultivated and extensive Budhist 
 monastery, said by Mr. Bridgeman, with whom I 
 visited it, to be the largest and richest in the 
 empire, excepting one at Pekin. The buildings 
 and grounds immediately occupied for the use of 
 the monastery, are surrounded by a stone wall, 
 which encloses the space of several acres. The 
 entrance into this large establishment is from a 
 narrow, dirty street, crowded with fishermen and 
 beggars, through a small wicket gate, just large 
 enough to admit a single person, into a spacious 
 and magnificent court-yard, covered with verdure, 
 and adorned with rows of beautiful trees, a 
 species of bannian. Through the centre of the 
 
92 CANTON. 
 
 yard is a fine pavement, of broad, flat stones, 
 leading towards the different temples. To see 
 the buildings to advantage, it was. necessary to 
 apply to the piior for some one to attend us, and 
 to whom we were obliged to pay three dollars. 
 In the first temple are two gigantic idols, placed 
 in a sitting posture, and each one surrounded by 
 a railing. They are made of clay, and may be 
 twenty feet high, with proportional and portly 
 dimensions. They are frightfully painted, with 
 huge glaring eyes, and a countenance intended to 
 be as terrific as possible. The principal temple, 
 and the one in which the monks hold their daily 
 exercises, is in the centre of the others, the floor 
 of which may measure sixty feet by eighty. It 
 contains three huge idols, placed side by side in 
 the centre of the building, and entirely covered 
 with heavy gilding. On each side of the temple 
 are ranges of lesser idols, covered with gilding, 
 representing the persons of the different saints. 
 Vases of incense and candles are kept burning 
 before the principal idols, on an altar, not very 
 dissimilar in form to that used by Roman 
 Catholics. The ceiling is painted with the usual 
 grotesque designs of the Chinese, and the walls 
 are hung with tablets and crimson tapestry. The 
 floor is tiled, and covered with painted cloth. 
 We happened to be there at the time of service, 
 
93 
 
 which, as far as I could discover, seemed To 
 consist wholly of a nasal drawling, or clianting, 
 in which they all join, occasionally walking in 
 single file around the temple. The only instru- 
 mental music accompanying these discordant 
 sounds, is the jingling of a small bell, and the 
 drumming, with a piece of bamboo, upon a hollow 
 block of wood. The roof of the temple is not 
 high, and its angles are beautified with scaly 
 snakes and flying dragons. At a little distance 
 from this temple is another, of the same descrip- 
 tion, intended exclusively for the females, who 
 perform their daily exercises there ; there are a 
 number of other temples in the range, contain- 
 ing idols that are worshipped and consulted as 
 occasion may require. The cells for the monks 
 are long ranges of low buildings, extending on 
 each side of the temples, each monk having his 
 own apartment to himself Here are kept some 
 half a dozen pigs, which are set apart as sacred 
 (for what particular purpose, we could not 
 ascertain), and are allowed to live in inglorious 
 ease and plenty, to the extent of time allowed 
 them by nature. They are not of very large 
 frames, but excessively corpulent. Two or three 
 of them are greatly advanced in years, and so 
 much encumbered with flesh and somnolency as 
 hardly to possess the power of motion. 
 
94 
 
 CANTON. 
 
 " In the rear of the buildings are paddy fields, 
 lined with fruit-trees, and extensive gardens, well 
 filled with vegetables and esculent roots, which 
 form, or should form, the principal food of the 
 members of the monastery. Farther back, in a 
 grove of trees, is the cemetery of the establish- 
 ment, of singular form and structure, in which 
 only the ashes of the deceased are deposited in 
 vases, a furnace being near, where the bodies are 
 consumed." 
 
CHAPTER III. 
 
 DIFFICULTIES. f 
 
 We cannot, by any general descriptions, give 
 our readers so definite ideas of the commercial 
 habits of the Chinese, and of some traits of the 
 national character, as by narrating some anec- 
 dotes illustrative of the nature of the difficulties 
 which have arisen between them and the for- 
 eigners who have resorted to Canton for the 
 purpose of trade. In order that these cases may 
 be the better understood, we must preface the 
 chapter with a little information in respect to the 
 manner in which the trade has been, and still is, 
 conducted, some of which information has, how- 
 ever, been already anticipated. 
 
 The Portuguese, as has been already stated, 
 we believe, were the first to get possession of the 
 * privilege of trading with China. By dint of much 
 manoeuvring, and after many unsuccessful efforts, 
 the English East India Company obtained permis- 
 sion to send their ships there, at certain seasons 
 of the year, though they were allowed, at first, to 
 buy and sell only through a single individual, 
 
yO DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 appointed by the emperor. He was called the 
 " emperor's merchant ; '' and he paid government 
 a considerable sum of money for the privilege of 
 the exclusive trade with the Europeans. Of 
 course, he could regulate prices at his will, as the 
 ships \^uld be compelled to come to his terms, 
 or to jeturn with their cargoes. This system 
 was soon abandoned. 
 
 It was not until towards the middle of the last 
 century, that the trade with Canton assumed a 
 regular shape. The ships were then despatched 
 to Canton at certain seasons of the year, supra- 
 cargoes being appointed for each ship, whose 
 business it was to sell the outward cargoes, and 
 to purchase the teas, silks, &/C., for lading the 
 ships on their return. These supracargoes were 
 subjected to many restrictions during their stay. 
 They were required to lodge in one house, to 
 keep but one table; and a portion of them, called 
 the Select Committee, constituted a sort of board 
 of consultation, and were accustomed to meet 
 frequently, to take into consideration such sub- 
 jects as were of common interest. They kept 
 full journals of these deliberations, which will 
 be alluded to more particularly in what follows. 
 
 The manner in which the trade was carried 
 on, so far as the arrival and departure of the 
 vessels is concerned, was thus : " As soon as a 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 97 
 
 ship appeared among the islands which front the 
 entrance to the Canton river, she was generally 
 boarded by a pilot, who conducted her to the 
 place of anchorage, near Macao. The entrance, 
 however, was so safe, that ships often pushed on 
 without waiting for the pilot, who in bad weather 
 was sometimes long in coming on board. The 
 pilots' names were registered at an office near 
 Macao ; and all who were licensed paid the sum 
 of six hundred dollars. The person who took 
 out the license sometimes knew nothing about 
 ships or the river ; but in such cases he employed 
 fishermen to do the duty. On the ship's arrival 
 at Macao, the pilot went on shore to report her 
 to the custom-house officer, who, after a few 
 inquiries, gave a permit for her to pass through 
 the mouth of the river, or Bogue, as it is called, 
 and ordered a river pilot on board. When he 
 arrived, which seldom happened before a day had 
 passed, the vessel proceeded through the Bogue, 
 and up the Canton river, to Whampoa. 
 
 " Every ship that entered the port was required 
 to have a Hong merchant as security for the 
 duties, and a linguist and comprador, before she 
 could commence unloading. She was also re- 
 quired to give a written declaration, solemnly 
 affirming that she had brought no opium ; for the 
 importation of that article was forbidden. The 
 9 
 
98 DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 ships of the East India Company, however, were 
 excused from this declaration. 
 
 " The Hong or security merchants were the 
 only individuals who were legally permitted to 
 trade with foreigners. To obtain this privilege, 
 they were obliged to pay largely ; and when once 
 they became merchants, they were rarely allowed 
 to retire, and were at all times subject to severe 
 exactions from the local government. The lin- 
 guists were custom-house interpreters, who pro- 
 cured permits for delivering'and taking in cargoes, 
 transacted all the custom-house business, and 
 kept account of the duties. Also all the minor 
 charges of the government were paid by them, 
 in consideration of which they received a fee of 
 about one hundred and seventy-three dollars, 
 previous to the vessel's departure. 
 
 " When a vessel wished to discharge or receive 
 goods, the linguist was informed a day or two pre- 
 viously of the fact, and also of the kind of goods, 
 and of the quantities : he then applied for a 
 permit, which being issued, the lighters or chop- 
 boats, by which the goods were conveyed to and 
 from Canton, proceeded from Canton down the 
 river toWhampoa. For a single boat the linguist 
 received a fee of twenty-three dollars ; but if he 
 employed from two to six boats, the fee was only 
 fifteen and a half dollars for each. 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 99 
 
 " When the goods were ready to be landed 
 from, or sent to the ship, the Hoppoo, whose duty 
 it was to oversee foreign commerce, sent a do- 
 mestic, a writer, and a police runner ; the Hong 
 merchant who secured the ship sent a domestic ; 
 and the linguist sent an accountant and inter- 
 preter, to attend at the examination of the goods. 
 The Hong merchants were always held responsi- 
 ble by the government for paying all the duties, 
 whether on imports or exports, in foreign vessels ; 
 and, therefore, when goods were purchased, it was 
 customary for the parties, before fixing the price, 
 to arrange between themselves who was actually 
 to pay the duties. The Hong merchants were 
 required to consider the duties to be paid to gov- 
 ernment as the most important part of their 
 affairs. In default of payment on the part of any 
 one of them, his property was seized by govern- 
 ment, and sold to pay the amount ; and if all 
 that he possessed was inadequate, he was sent 
 from prison into banishment at Ele, in Western 
 Tartary, which the Chinese called the ' cold 
 country,' and the body of Hong merchants were 
 commanded to pay in his stead." 
 
 In case of any difficulty with any persons con- 
 nected with the foreign ships, the policy of the 
 Chinese has always been, not to resort to any 
 violent measures for redress, nor to attempt to 
 
160 DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 investigate the affair themselves, but to require 
 the foreigners themselves to do it, and to give up 
 the guilty individual or to pay a very heavy fine 
 for damages ; and if the foreigners objected to 
 doing vthis, or declared themselves unable to do 
 it, the government would stop the trade. The 
 Chinese authorities seem to have learned how 
 valuable to their customers the trade had become, 
 and how necessary the chief article of it — tea — 
 had become to the English people. They were 
 under the necessity, therefore, of doing nothing 
 but simply suspending all commercial intercourse 
 until indemnification for any injury was made. 
 
 An example illustrating this occurred in 1784. 
 An English ship was firing a salute, and, by 
 accident, as the English witnesses say, a Chinese 
 was killed. The authorities of Canton, accom- 
 panied by the Hong merchants, in a most formal 
 and solemn manner, waited upon the president 
 of the council of supracargoes, and demanded 
 the man who had caused the death. They were 
 informed that it could not be ascertained who he 
 was ; that in all probability he had absconded ; 
 and that the ship, being what they call a " country 
 ship," ihat is, one trading from some of the 
 neighboring British possessions to Canton, and 
 not from England, was one which the council 
 bad no control over. This excuse, or rather these 
 
Dll'FlcpLTiES. ,101 
 
 excuses, — for they showed, by their number and 
 their inconsistency, that they were none of them 
 genuine, — were not satisfactory to the Chinese 
 authorities, and the difficulties seemed to increase. 
 Under these circumstances, the supracargo of the 
 ship whose salute had originated the trouble, 
 concluded to go to the city to explain the affair. 
 Upon his landing, he was taken before the author- 
 ities, and examined, and then, under a military 
 guard, was carried into the heart of the city a 
 close prisoner. 
 
 Such a proceeding alarmed not only the other 
 English supracargoes, but also all the European 
 residents ; for they perceived at once that any 
 one of them would be equally liable to be im- 
 prisoned in case of an accident occurring through 
 the carelessness of any one in their employ. 
 They sent orders to the foreign ships then lying, 
 as usual, at Whampoa, to man and arm their boats, 
 and send them forthwith to Canton, as well to 
 show the Chinese authorities that they were pre- 
 pared for the most decisive measures, as actually 
 to defend the council from hostile measures, if 
 any should be resorted to against them. The 
 menacing attitude thus assumed by the Europeans 
 was met by similar manifestations on the part of 
 the Chinese. They resolutely refused to give up 
 
 the supracargo, unless the unfortunate gunner 
 9* 
 
Ip2 Dl^FlJJUifJES. 
 
 shoul(i be surrendered to the punishment which 
 their laws assigned. 
 
 The Europeans, finding that the authorities 
 were inflexible, that all trade was suspended, and 
 that their friend, the supracargo, could not be 
 restored to them but by giving up the gunner, 
 who was, all this time, notwithstanding the story 
 of his having absconded, safe on board his own 
 ship, reluctantly concluded to surrender him. He 
 was accordingly conducted to the pagoda, and 
 ** recommended to the protection of the Chinese ! " 
 An hour after, the supracargo, who had been 
 imprisoned, returned, saying that he had been 
 treated in the most civil manner, while he had 
 been detained, many of the mandarins having 
 called upon him and sent him presents. 
 
 The poor gunner was detained in custody until 
 a message could be sent to Pekin for orders from 
 the emperor. In about two months an answer 
 was returned, requiring him to be strangled. 
 After the sentence was executed, the gentlemen 
 of the several European nations were summoned 
 to attend the mandarins, and were told that the 
 emperor was greatly displeased with them for hav- 
 ing so long delayed giving the man up ; that the 
 law was extremely moderate in requiring the sacri- 
 fice of only one life, for two that had been taken 
 (one having been lost on a former occasion) ; and 
 
DIFFICULTIES 108 
 
 ''that the government expected, in case a similar 
 circumstance should happen again, that the Euro- 
 peans would pay a more ready obedience to the 
 commands of the mandarins, or that they must 
 abide the consequences of a refusal." 
 
 The firing of salutes at the port of Canton was 
 prohibited from this time. Difficulties somewhat 
 similar to this continued to occur from time to 
 time : the one, however, which we shall next de- 
 scribe, took place in 1807. It was in the month 
 of March. The ship Neptune, belonging to the 
 East India Company, was in port ; and a disturb- 
 ance arose between some of her crew, who were 
 on shore near the factory, and some Chinese. 
 The officers of the ship immediately quelled it, 
 by securing their men within the factory ; but the 
 Chinese followed them in great numbers, and 
 continued through the day to throw stones at the 
 factory, and at every European passing. There 
 were several mandarins and merchants present, 
 who did all in their power to restrain and dis- 
 perse the mob, but in vain. While things were 
 in this state, the sailors suddenly forced their 
 way out of the factory, and made a furious attack 
 upon their besiegers. They were almost imme- 
 diately brought back by their officers, but not 
 until one of the Chinese had been killed. 
 
 The committee of supracargoes, on hearing 
 
104 DIPFICUtTIES. 
 
 of the affair, immediately felt the most serious 
 apprehensions for the consequences. They did 
 all they could to prevent its coming before the 
 mandarins, but did not succeed. They held a 
 sort of court of inquiry on board the Neptune, 
 but could not fix the guilt of the murder upon 
 any individual. The Hong merchant who was 
 responsible for this ship, — for, as has before been 
 stated, one of them must be responsible for every 
 ship, while she remains in harbor, — was involved 
 in the most serious difficulties, and offered $20,000 
 for the discovery of the perpetrator ; but he was 
 not to be found. The Chinese authorities, in the 
 mean tim€, forbid the Neptune to receive her 
 cargo, and gave orders that no ship should sail 
 until the criminal was given up. 
 
 This state of things continued for some time. 
 The Chinese abstained from all acts of violence, 
 and made no attempts at seizure of any persons 
 among tlie Europeans, as they had done on the 
 former occasion, but firmly persisted in prohibiting 
 the sailing of the ships. It was at length agreed 
 that an examination of fifty-two men belonging 
 to the Neptune should take place at the factory. 
 The Chinese had at first insisted that the court 
 should be held at the city ; but this they at length 
 waived. They had also demanded that the men 
 should be examined by torture, which, of course, 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 105 
 
 was not allowed. The forms and solemnities of a 
 Chinese court of justice were observed at this 
 singular trial, though seats were expressly provided 
 for some of the most distinguished of the English 
 officers then in port, and some English soldiers, 
 with fixed bayonets, were stationed at the door. 
 
 The Chinese produced no evidence ; but the 
 English officers selected eleven men, who had 
 been most violent, in hopes that some punishment 
 inflicted upon them would satisfy the Chinese, 
 without the necessity of putting any to death. 
 This, however, would not do. It was on record 
 that a man had been killed, and by the laws of 
 China, which make magistrates themselves per- 
 sonally responsible for the preservation of order, 
 some punishment or degradation awaited every 
 officer connected with the administration of jus- 
 tice, which could only be averted by making 
 some one individual responsible for the offence. 
 
 They could not, however, fix upon any one; 
 that is, they had no evidence against any one ; 
 but it was at last ** arranged, that one of the eleven, 
 considered by the mandarins as the most guilty, 
 should be named." Were it not that, probably, 
 every one of these sailors was guilty, if not in a 
 technical, at least in a moral point of view, we 
 might regret that they should have been willing 
 to deliver up one, from considerations of policy, 
 
106 DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 when there was no positive evidence against him. 
 Edward Sheen was the name of the one sur- 
 rendered. The other ten were sent back to their 
 ship, subject to the disposal of their commander, 
 Sheen being left at Canton, in the hands of the 
 committee. He was kept in custody until the 
 emperor's decision was received, which was, that 
 he might redeem himself from the punishment 
 of death, by the payment of a fine to the relations 
 of the deceased, " for defraying the expense of 
 burial," as the emperor's edict expressed it ; and 
 then that he might be dismissed '' to be orderly 
 governed in his own country." 
 
 In 1808, a somewhat serious difficulty occurred 
 on account of a British admiral's having landed 
 some troops at Macao to aid the Portuguese in 
 defending the place against an expected attack 
 from the French. The Portuguese had pledged 
 themselves to the Chinese government not to 
 admit the troops of any nation at Macao without 
 their consent ; but it was thought, on this occasion, 
 that the Chinese were more likely to refuse con- 
 sent if it were asked, than to make any difficulty 
 if the troops were landed without it ; and, conse- 
 quently, the step was taken without any previous 
 notice. This was done with an understanding 
 with the select committee at Canton, who had 
 charge of the commercial interests of the company 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 107 
 
 there. The Portuguese governor, however, at 
 Macao, remonstrated against it. 
 
 There came immediately a letter from the 
 *' Hoppoo," the officer appointed to superintend 
 the foreign commerce at Canton, protesting 
 strongly against this step. The British admiral 
 then sent a letter to the viceroy, explaining the 
 motives for landing the troops, and defending the 
 measure. The viceroy replied, remonstrating 
 strongly against it, and threatening to report the 
 case to the emperor. The local authorities made 
 various other threats, such as that they would 
 send an armed force to compel them to evacuate 
 Macao, that they would burn the ships at Wham- 
 poa, or imprison the English, and put them to 
 death. 
 
 This state of mutual hostility and menaces 
 continued for many weeks, the English persisting 
 in retaining the position of the troops, and the 
 Chinese firmly resisting all efforts to renew the 
 trade, or to open any negotiations whatever. The 
 only reply made to all attempts at intercourse of 
 every kind, was that '* the troops must be re- 
 moved, their remaining on shore being contrary 
 to a law of the empire." This the British admiral 
 would not do ; and the excitement and hostility 
 daily increased. The English authorities talked 
 of ordering all British subjects off in forty-eight 
 
108 DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 hours, and of bringing the ships of war up the 
 river, to assume a menacing attitude towards the 
 city itself; and the Chinese government replied 
 that they were ready for war, though they should 
 not commence it, and began to concentrate troops 
 upon the important points along the banks of the 
 river, and some shots were actually exchanged. 
 At length, the English, finding that the Chinese 
 authorities were not to be shaken, gave up the 
 point : the troops were reembarked and conveyed 
 away, when the government of Canton allowed 
 the trade to be resumed. 
 
 We give one more case, relating it somewhat 
 more in detail than the others, and giving the 
 narrative chiefly in the words of Auber. 
 
 The difliculty commenced near the close of 
 the year 1822, arising out of the death of two 
 Chinese, occasioned by firing from a British ship 
 of war, the Topaze, then lying at Lintin. The 
 reader must bear in mind the distinction between 
 a ship of war, under the command of oflicers 
 of the royal government, and the merchant ships, 
 controlled by the East India Company, as this 
 distinction, and the entire independence of a 
 king's ship of all control on the part of the supra- 
 cargoes, are often alluded to in the narrative. 
 
 The barge of the frigate had been despatched 
 to the island of Lintin to obtain water, and also 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 109 
 
 to enable the seamen to wash their clothes. Whilst 
 engaged on shore for these purposes, they were 
 attacked by a large body of Chinese, armed with 
 clubs and bamboo poles, with spears at the end, 
 wounding six men severely, and bruising eight 
 more. In order to effect the reembarkation of 
 the seamen, the officer in command of the frigate 
 fired some round shot, by which the two Chinese 
 were killed : they also sent the two other boats, 
 manned and armed with marines,* from the ship 
 to protect the barge. 
 
 Captain Richardson reported this event to the 
 select committee, and, having written a letter to 
 the viceroy representing the circumstances, and 
 calling upon him to punish the Chinese who had 
 been guilty of making the disturbance, requested 
 the committee to allow Dr. Morrison, the English 
 missionary, who was then at Canton, to translate 
 it into Chinese. This was done, and the letter 
 was ultimately presented at the city gates. 
 
 On the following day, the Ilong merchants 
 waited on the committee with the letter unopened, 
 to ascertain whether it was really from Captain 
 Richardson. On receiving an assurance to that 
 effect, they took it to the viceroy, by whom it was 
 received, and who intimated his intention to de- 
 pute a person to Lintin to investigate the affair. 
 
 * Soldiers employed on board ships. 
 
I 
 
 110 DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 The merchants proposed to Captain Richard- 
 son to send the wounded seamen on shore to be 
 examined. This, however, he declined doing ; 
 and, though he had no objection to a mandarin 
 going on board the frigate, he would not suffer 
 any official examination to be had there. 
 
 On the 22d, Captain Richardson left Canton 
 for Lintin. On that day, the committee were 
 informed that the Whampoa magistrate would 
 not proceed to Lintin to examine into the affair, 
 and that, if the men from the Topaze were not 
 sent on shore, and if Captain Richardson departed 
 before the affair was settled, he should hold the 
 " chief of the nation," that is, the chairman of 
 the select committee, responsible. The commit- 
 tee, having been solicited by the Hong merchants 
 to allow the viceroy's answer to Captain Rich- 
 ardson to be sent through them, declared it to be 
 inadmissible ; for it was a great point with them to 
 maintain that they had nothing to do with a 
 king's ship, — that such a vessel was totally dis- 
 connected with trade. The viceroy stopped the 
 trade, and twp edicts were issued, adverting to 
 the death of the Chinese, in one of which was 
 the following passages : — 
 
 '* Now, the men-of-war of the said nation are 
 originally established to protect and convey mer- 
 chandise. If it be not on account of trade, why 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 1] 1 
 
 do the said nation's ships of war come here with- 
 out any cause 1 The said chief, in making the 
 men-of-war and the trade two concerns, talks 
 very absurdly." 
 
 *' The foreigners of the said nation have here- 
 tofore had occasional affairs with the natives, and 
 the usage has always been, to command the Hong 
 merchants to order the chief* what to do. In the 
 thirteenth year of Kea-king, the said nation's 
 men-of-war made a pretext of protecting the 
 Portuguese, and came to Macao. That affair, 
 more than the present, had nothing to do with the 
 commerce ; yet, then, the orders were issued to 
 the cJiief, requiring him to enforce their departut^. 
 As the said chief remains at Canton to manage 
 the affairs of the said country, there is no affair 
 that he should not manage. How can he, in 
 consequence of the man-of-war having killed a 
 native, make up pretext, and push the affair from 
 him ? It is very highly improper." 
 
 " Heretofore, the governors have never had 
 official correspondence with the naval officer of 
 said nation. On this occasion, as his representa- 
 tion said, natives had wounded fourteen English- 
 men. I therefore deputed an officer to take with 
 
 * That is, the president of the select committee, the 
 chief commercial officer on the part of the English, in 
 the port of Canton. 
 
112 DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 him the Hong merchants and the linguist, and 
 go to Lintin, and take an inquest of foreigners 
 who were wounded, and M^osecute. If the said 
 men-of-war really had any men who had received 
 wounds, it was incumbent on him to obey my 
 orders, and deliver them up, and wait till an in- 
 quest was taken; and, proof being obtained, the 
 matter might be examined into, and justly prose- 
 cuted ; but abruptly to request the said deputed 
 officers to go on board to hold an inquest, was 
 not only a violation of the forms of government, 
 but a thing impossible to be done ; and then to 
 irake this a cause of obstinate resistance, excites 
 a Suspicion, that the tale of fourteen men being 
 wounded, was, for the most part, not true." 
 
 After publishing this shrewd exposition of his 
 view of the affair, the viceroy gave orders to 
 prevent the Topaze from advancing higher up 
 the river; and an edict was issued, declaring 
 that, if she went away before the affair was set- 
 tled, the nation's chief and the Hong merchants 
 should certainly be held responsible. 
 
 One of the Hong merchants, Chunqua, in an 
 interview with the president, suggested that if the 
 officer were allowed to go on board the Topaze, 
 and examine the wounded men, the difficulties 
 would soon be got over. This was made known 
 to Captain Richardson, who consented to receive 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 113 
 
 any person on board with civility, but would not 
 allow of any judicial examination. 
 
 An attempt was afterwards made by the Hong 
 merchants, under the declared order of the vice- 
 roy, to distribute a copy of the edict amongst the 
 commanders of the several ships, in order to 
 separate them from the committee. The com- 
 manders returned the edict to the merchants with 
 a declaration, '' that they were entirely under the 
 orders of the select committee of the honorable 
 company's affairs, and that, consequently, they 
 were not authorized in holding any correspond- 
 ence with, or receiving communications of any 
 kind, from the Chinese government." 
 
 The select committee, in consequence of the 
 stoppage of the trade, caused the company's 
 treasure to be removed from Canton to Whampoa. 
 The Topaze was then moved from Lintin to 
 Macao, and an edict was issued by the viceroy, 
 declaring that he held the chief responsible. The 
 committee stated that they had no control over 
 ships of war, and requested the viceroy to order 
 some able officer to proceed to Captain Rich- 
 ardson. 
 
 Thus the contention went on, the Chinese 
 
 authorities demanding an investigation of the 
 
 affair, and the punishment of the individuals who 
 
 had caused the death of the Chinese ; the East 
 10* 
 
114 DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 India Company s officers maintaining that they 
 had no authority in the case ; and the commander 
 of the ship of war refusing to admit of any 
 Chinese jurisdiction over his majesty's ship, or 
 any of its crew. Each party was firm. In view 
 of the affair at the present stage of it, the select 
 committee entered the following record in the 
 journal which they were required to keep of all 
 their proceedings, and which was forwarded to 
 the company in London : — 
 
 " Thus we see ourselves clearly made responsi- 
 ble for the acts of between two and three thousand 
 individuals who are daily coming in contact with 
 the lowest of the Chinese, and exposed to assaults 
 so wanton, and often so barbarous, as well as to 
 robberies so extensive, that self-defence imposes 
 upon them the necessity of attacking their assail- 
 ants in a manner from whence death must often 
 ehsue. A great and important commerce is in- 
 stantly suspended, whole fleets at times detained, 
 ourselves liable to seizure, and to be the medium 
 of surrendering a man to death, whose crime is 
 only self-defence or obedience to orders, or else 
 to lend ourselves to the most detestable falsehoods, 
 in order to support a fabricated statement which 
 may save the credit of the officers of the Chinese 
 government. 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 115 
 
 " Can the honorable company wish their ser- 
 vants and their trade to remain in this degraded, 
 this dangerous situation ? Will the British govern- 
 ment expect that the captain of his majesty's 
 ship is, upon this occasion, to sacrifice every feel- 
 ing of honor and humanity ? 
 
 ** The captain of his majesty's ship has, in the 
 most decided terms, stated that he never v^^ill 
 surrender any of his people to the justice of the 
 Chinese ; and, as there is no precedent on record 
 of an honorable adjustment of a case of homi- 
 cide, we have no ground upon which to remon- 
 strate with his majesty's officers upon the present 
 occasion. 
 
 " We shall briefly recapitulate the cases of 
 homicide noted in our records. 
 
 ' " In 1780, a French sailor, who killed a Por- 
 tuguese in self-defence, was strangled without any 
 form of trial. 
 
 " In 1784, the gunner, who, in obedience to 
 orders, fired a gun on the occasion of a ship 
 saluting, was put to death. 
 
 *^In 1800, the sentinel on the forecastle of his 
 majesty's schooner Providence was charged with 
 the intended murder of a Chinese, whom, in 
 obedience to orders, he fired upon, whilst attempt- 
 ing to cut the schooner's cable. The most serious 
 negotiations ensued, which were terminated by the 
 
116 DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 wounded man surviving for a period of more 
 than forty days, although he died shortly after- 
 wards. 
 
 " In 1806, Edward Sheen, against whom not 
 the shadow of proof existed, was saved by the 
 Chinese officers inventing a most flagrant false- 
 hood as to the manner in which the deceased 
 person came to his death. The form of public 
 trial was, however, gone through ; and it must not 
 be forgotten that a most treacherous attempt was 
 made to seize Sheen's person, in violation of the 
 most positive stipulations in writing to the con- 
 trary. 
 
 **In 1810, an accusation was brought against 
 the English for the murder of a Chinese in the 
 street adjoining our factory. Chinese witnesses 
 attempted to prove the identity of the men, and 
 failed. The form of trial was gone through. 
 A written assurance was given, that, if the men 
 could be found, they should be punished ; which 
 assurance caused a renewal of the discussions at 
 the close of the year 1811. In both the foregoing 
 instances, whole fleets were detained when on the 
 point of sailing. 
 
 " In 1820, the fifth mate of the Winchelsea 
 having absconded, the charge was got rid of by 
 a most unworthy subterfuge, to which, for the 
 sake of the trade, we were induced to lend our- 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 117 
 
 selves. The Chinese laws will not admit the 
 possibility of a Chinese magistrate suffering a 
 criminal to escape ; and hence, if the identical 
 culprit is not forthcoming, the danger that results 
 to those whom the Chinese, in order to screen 
 themselves, hold as responsible. 
 
 ." In 1821, an unfortunate occurrence, from 
 which the death of a woman was likely to 
 have ensued, in which the ship Lady Melville 
 was implicated, was settled, as innumerable others 
 have been, by pecuniary inducements to the 
 relatives of the deceased not to lodge complaints 
 with the officers of government. 
 
 *^ A few months ago, Terranovia, a Sicilian 
 belonging to an American ship, charged with 
 throwing a jar at a woman, which is said to have 
 struck her on the head, and to have caused her 
 to fall overboard from her boat, was strangled. 
 He was first exanjined on board ship, not allowed 
 to call any witnesses, again tried at a commercial 
 hall in the suburbs of Canton, the doors being 
 closed, and not a foreigner of any country allowed 
 to enter. His execution took place within forty- 
 eight hours. It was conducted with illegal se- 
 crecy. The report to the emperor falsified the 
 material facts, both of proof and mode of con- 
 iiucting the trial. 
 
 *' The frequent recurrence of our present dif- 
 
118 DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 ficulties must be expected, until some change 
 takes place in the footing upon which our inter- 
 course with the Chinese is carried on. The con- 
 tempt of foreigners, engendered and fostered by 
 the abusive terms in which they are spoken of by 
 the officers of government, the want of police 
 regulation, and the defenceless state in which we 
 are placed by the difficulty of access to the magis- 
 trates, leave us exposed to assaults of all descrip- 
 tions ; and, if self-defence is not received as a plea 
 in cases of homicide, no individual can for one 
 instant be considered safe. 
 
 "Whatever may be the distinctions in the 
 Chinese written laws, we see that, in the practice, 
 as far as respects Europeans, no discrimination is 
 shown ; and, on the present occasion, we see that 
 the plea of self-defence is decidedly rejected. 
 
 " The great facility which foreigners have of 
 escaping in ships, and the liability of the whole 
 trade to suspension therefrom, is a consideration 
 of such momentous weight, that we trust that the 
 honorable court will use every effort, by negotia- 
 tion with the Chinese, and by laws enacted at 
 home, to put the cases of homicide on such a 
 footing as shall prevent embarrassment to the 
 trade." 
 
 We give this extract from the committee's 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 119 
 
 journal, because it explains, somewhat fully, the 
 views which led to the repeated attempts at nego- 
 tiation by embassies, which will be more particu- 
 larly described in the next Chapter. — But to re- 
 turn to the story. 
 
 Many attempts at negotiation were made in 
 vain. The commander of the king's ship would 
 address a letter to the viceroy, but he would not 
 receive it unless it came through the company's 
 select committee, as the Chinese government re- 
 fused to recognise any other English authority 
 than that. But the select committee would not 
 be the channel of communication ; for the point 
 they were endeavoring to maintain was, that a 
 king's ship was entirely independent of them, 
 and that they had no control over it, or connection 
 with it, whatever. Whenever any communica- 
 tions directly from the committee were made, 
 urging that they ought not to be held responsible, 
 and demanding the opening of the trade, the 
 simple reply always was, that they loere held re- 
 sponsible, and that they should not be permitted 
 to ship *' so much as a thread of silk or the down 
 of a plant," until they had delivered up the 
 foreign murderers. 
 
 The company's committee then concluded to 
 try the plan of threatening to abandon the country 
 altogether. They supposed that the Chinese 
 
12D DIFFICUIxTIES. 
 
 valued their trade, and would regret a final rup- 
 ture, and expected that they would yield the point 
 rather than lose altogether their profitable cus- 
 tomers. They, accordingly, made preparations fox 
 departure, and sent to the viceroy for permission 
 to pass down the riven He returned them answer 
 that he was ready to restore the trade at any time, 
 if they would simply comply with the requisition 
 of the law, to deliver up the foreign murderers ; 
 but that, if they wished to renounce their com- 
 merce, he would not by force detain them. It 
 was perfectly optional with them to go out of the 
 river : he had given orders that they should not 
 be fired upon. 
 
 The Hong merchants were of course strongly 
 desirous that the affair should be settled, as they 
 were the most deeply interested of all the Chinese 
 in the continuance of the trade. At this crisis, 
 therefore, they and the company's committee 
 thought of one more experiment to make. They 
 sent down to the captain of the Topaze, propos- 
 ing to him to make a communication to the vice- 
 roy to the following effect, viz. that the affair 
 which had caused the difficulty was a very serious 
 one, and demanded investigation, but that he 
 could not decide what ought to be done, but that, 
 on his return to his own country, he would report 
 it to his sovereign, that the persons accused might 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 121 
 
 be brought to trial, according to the laws of 
 the land. 
 
 The captain acceded to this proposal, and 
 drew up such a communication, and sent it up 
 to the committee ; but then arose the difficulty 
 that the viceroy could not receive it, unless, in 
 some way or other, it should come from the com- 
 mittee. They were unwilling to make any com- 
 munication from the captain of a king's ship their 
 own, on account of the steadiness with which 
 they had insisted that they had no official con- 
 nection with such a ship, or control over it ; and 
 unless they should make it theirs, their friends, the 
 flong merchants, knew very well it could not be 
 received. They proposed, in order to avoid the 
 dilemma, that the company's committee should 
 simply add to the communication these words, 
 addressed to the Hong merchants : — " We will 
 trouble you to take this, and communicate the 
 ideas in a statement to the viceroy." This pro- 
 posal divided the committee. The president saw 
 no objection, but two members opposed it on the 
 ground mentioned above. This project was there- 
 fore abandoned. 
 
 Another plan was proposed — that the committee 
 
 should themselves originate a communication to 
 
 the viceroy, wording it very cautiously, to avoid 
 
 all appearance of official connection. It was as 
 
 11 
 
122 DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 follows. The reader will perceive that it was, in 
 fact, the adoption of the communication, which it 
 was before proposed should come from the captain 
 of the Topaze. 
 
 *' Although this affair ought not to pass through 
 the chief and committee, we have obeyed your 
 commands, and have asked the naVal captain 
 how those men-of-war's men, who, at Lintin, 
 caused the death of persons, will be treated. 
 
 " The captain said that the affair at Lintin 
 was, indeed, one of importance ; and ' in de- 
 ciding on it, I cannot be master, but, on my 
 return to my own country, it will be reported to 
 my sovereign, that the parties concerned may be 
 prosecuted according to law.' " 
 
 To this the same inflexible reply was made 
 which had been returned to all preceding com- 
 munications — that the merchants might resume 
 the trade at any time, provided that the foreign 
 murderers were given up. 
 
 At first the committee thought that no alter- 
 native was left but for them to abandon the 
 country. On mature reflection, however, the 
 president came to the conclusion that they ought 
 not to take that step ; and things remained as 
 they were, until, at length, the frigate sailed, 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 123 
 
 with all those who had been concerned in 
 the act of violence on board. When she had 
 actually gone, the committee made another com- 
 munication to the viceroy, acquainting him with 
 the fact, and calling his attention to the impossi- 
 bility of their delivering up the murderers, and 
 stating, also, that the captain was fully determined 
 to bring them to trial on their arrival in their own 
 country. The viceroy professed himself satisfied 
 with this, and issued an edict for again opening 
 the trade. 
 
 In consequence of this affair, the British gov- 
 ernment ordained that thenceforth no ship of war 
 should enter any port in China during peace, 
 unless on a requisition from the governor-general 
 of India, or the select committee itself. But this 
 affair was not forgotten by the Chinese govern- 
 ment for many years. They repeatedly called 
 for a report in regard to the manner in which it 
 was settled in England ; which demands the com- 
 mittee had some trouble in evading. In fact, 
 all which was done, — and it was probably as 
 much as ought to have been done, — was, that, on 
 the arrival of the English ship at home, one of 
 the officers was tried, probably for form's sake, 
 and honorably acquitted. 
 
 Such are the difficulties which have been almost 
 continually occurring between the Chinese gov- 
 
124 DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 ernment and their European customers. These 
 difficulties arise in some degree from the peculiar 
 spirit of the Chinese character and the Chinese 
 law, but more especially from the absence of all 
 settled arrangement and understanding between 
 the government of China and those of the na- 
 tions whose merchants trade with them. For the 
 information of our younger readers, it may be 
 well to state here, that it is the almost universal 
 practice of the governments of Europe to admit 
 within their own territories the ministers of other 
 governments, as the acknowledged, accredited 
 representatives of a foreign power. At Paris^ 
 for instance, there reside ministers from almost 
 all the other European powers, the acknowledged 
 organs of those powers, so that, within the French 
 territories, the existence and the independence 
 of other sovereignties is officially acknowledged. 
 These accredited agents are of various ranks, ac- 
 cording to the purposes for which they are several- 
 ly appointed. They enjoy, however, in all cases, 
 peculiar privileges and powers. The person of a 
 foreign minister is sacred and inviolable : he is held 
 amenable to the laws of his own country alone ; 
 his property is not liable to taxation ; — in a word^ 
 the minister himself, his family, his attaches^ his 
 attendants, his property, is considered as part and 
 parcel still of the country whence he came ; the 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 125 
 
 whole plan having for its object simply to bring his 
 own government, and that of the country to which 
 he is sent, into juxtaposition, in reference to such 
 subjects as may, from time to time, arise, requir- 
 ing free communication between the two powers. 
 The innumerable advantages of the plan are 
 obvious. If an American and a French ship, 
 casually together in some remote port, meet with 
 any misunderstanding, and consequently, through 
 accidental circumstances, or the inconsiderate- 
 ness of the commanders, come into collision, 
 €ach side is not left to make its own representa- 
 tions to its own government, colored, as they would 
 be, by their respective feelings. There is a 
 French advocate at Washington, and an American 
 advocate at Paris ; and friendly negotiation settles, 
 at once, what might, without such an arrangement, 
 lead to a general and fatal collision. In fact, so 
 numerous are the cases requiring this diplomatic 
 discussion, which arise from the extended com- 
 mercial intercourse, and the complicated relations 
 of the nations of Europe, that it would be thought 
 almost impossible, at the present day, to dispense 
 with the system. It has grown up gradually ; but 
 it has, at length, become a universally under- 
 stood and acknowledged system, among almost 
 all the civilized nations of the world ; and the 
 principles which regulate it are among the best 
 11* 
 
126 DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 settled, and most sacredly observed, of the prin- 
 ciples of international law. Now, it was in a 
 great measure owing to the want of any arrange- 
 ment of this kind, that the difficulties which have 
 been detailed in this Chapter were so troublesome. 
 There was no regular channel of communication. 
 The power to decide rested with the emperor at 
 Pekin ; but he knew nothing of the case except 
 through the local authorities at Canton. They 
 would receive no information except through the 
 Hong merchants, and from the supracargoes ; 
 and they, or their ** chief," as the Chinese called 
 the president, was held responsible for every dif- 
 ficulty. The reason why they were so desirous 
 of fixing all responsibility upon the merchants' 
 ships, was, that, by stopping the trade, they could 
 punish the owners ; whereas against a man-of-war 
 they could have no remedy. She might sail away 
 at any moment, and soon be beyond the reach 
 of Chinese power. An English minister resident 
 at Pekin, and an established system for the trial 
 of all criminals, and the settlement of disputes, 
 agreed upon by the two powers, would have 
 remedied the difficulty ; but his majesty, the 
 mighty monarch of the celestial empire, is far 
 above thus acknowledging, within his domains, 
 the independent sovereignty of other powers. The 
 theory at Pekin has always been, that China is 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 1^7 
 
 the central portion of the earth, the nation, the 
 empire ; and that though, beyond its boundaries, 
 far over the seas, there may be indeed a few in- 
 dependent nations of semi-barbarians, in the re- 
 mote corners of the earth, still, such governments 
 are never to be acknowledged within the limits 
 of the empire of heaven. If a Portuguese or 
 English ship comes to Canton, it comes, according 
 to the theory of the Chinese, to receive something 
 from their profusion, to carry back to their own 
 comparatively destitute people. The court of 
 Pekin, therefore, has always considered, or pre- 
 tended to consider, the advantages of trade as 
 altogether on the side of their commercial visitors. 
 They have considered the permission given them 
 as of the nature of a boon, granted by the munifi- 
 cence of the emperor, and, of course, to be regu- 
 lated entirely by his will, and to continue only 
 during his pleasure. He has, accordingly, refused 
 to regulate the commerce with his subjects by 
 any treaty, or to admit within his territories any 
 accredited resident agent of foreign powers. He 
 goes even farther than this. The reader will see, 
 by looking upon the map, that Pekin, the resi- 
 dence of the royal government, is in the northern 
 part of China Proper, and that Canton is in the 
 south-western part, on a river, which, as repre- 
 sented in the sketch we gave at the commence- 
 
128 DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 ment of the last Chapter, expands, at its mouth, 
 into a wide bay, which is spotted with islands. 
 If he could look down upon the real scene, from 
 some position among the clouds, he would see the 
 whole coast from Canton to Pekin indented with 
 bays and harbors, and the neighboring seas teem- 
 ing with the boats and junks of the natives. He 
 would see the most spacious cities scattered along 
 this coast, and the banks of the great rivers, and 
 rich, fertile provinces in the interior, and especial- 
 ly on the coast, midway between Canton and 
 Pekin, covered with the tea plantations, and the 
 mulberry tree ; teas and silks being the great 
 articles which the European nations wish to 
 procure. 
 
 Now, as we have already observed, the Euro- 
 pean ships are not allowed to visit this coast, to 
 purchase green teas in Kiagnan, and black teas 
 in Fokien, and silk at Chchiang, and China 
 ware at Kiansy, where these articles are respec- 
 tively produced. The whole coast is forbidden 
 ground. There is one point, only, which they may 
 approach, — Canton, — two thousand miles from 
 the seat of government, and one thousand from 
 the province of Kiagnan, the chief seat of popu- 
 lation and of wealth. The foreign ships may 
 come here to receive, in a certain prescribed way, 
 tlie produce of the country, sent there for expor- 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 1/^9 
 
 tation, and this under limits and restrictions of 
 the most rigorous character. 
 
 At Macao, a small island seventy miles from 
 Canton, the merchants must leave their families; 
 no European female being allowed to set her foot 
 upon the real Chinese territory. The ships, with 
 their regular officers, may proceed up the river to 
 Canton, where, at one particular landing-place, 
 and at no other, they may step upon terra firma. 
 A definite and very circumscribed portion of the 
 suburb of the city is assigned for their ware- 
 houses; and ten or twelve Chinese merchants, 
 only, are legally authorized to trade with them, 
 for the great staples of the country. They are 
 on no account permitted to enter within the walls 
 of the city ; they cannot walk, without difficulty 
 or danger, far out of their own limited portion 
 of the suburbs, and they must receive all their 
 supplies, and effect all their purchases and sales, 
 through these Hong merchants, thus commis- 
 sioned by government to act as the commercial 
 representatives of the empire.* 
 
 It is a principle of the Chinese government 
 to carry the personal responsibility of subordinate 
 officers to a most rigorous extreme. Whether 
 
 * The spacious warehouses in which the business is 
 transacted are called Hangs. 
 
130 
 
 DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 himself to blame or not, a superior must suffer for 
 the guilt or defalcation of those committed to him, 
 unless he can bring the real offender to justice. 
 The governor of a province must not merely do 
 his best to quell an insurrection ; he must quell 
 it, or suffer punishment himself. Each Hong 
 merchant is responsible for all the rest, and for 
 every foreign captain and crew which does busi- 
 ness with him. This principle, which seems to 
 look more towards the efficiency than to the 
 justice of government, is extended to foreigners. 
 The captain of a ship is responsible for any 
 injury, accidental or otherwise, done by any of 
 his crew ; and, if the ship in question escapes, 
 the responsibility is thrown upon the other ships 
 of the same nation, and satisfaction is demanded; 
 that is, the surrender of the individual, or the pay- 
 ment of the heavy fine imposed ; or a suspension 
 of the whole trade with that nation is, as we have 
 seen, sure to ensue. The plan is certainly in- 
 genious, and admirably adapted to produce its 
 effect, in preventing acts of wanton injury, and 
 in making the commanders of foreign ships 
 vigilant in detecting the authors, when such 
 injuries are done. But, ingenious and efficacious 
 as it is in theory, it has often proved, in practice, 
 grossly unjust and oppressive. 
 
 Such is substantially the svstem which the 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 131 
 
 Chinese government has adopted, to regulate 
 their trade with foreigners, so as effectually to 
 prevent all mingling with their own people, and 
 all interference with their internal policy. The 
 course which they have thus pursued has been 
 pronounced, by different observers, the height of 
 wisdom, and the most egregious folly. It is 
 natural that they who suffer by it, should condemn 
 it : on the other hand, we are reluctant to approve 
 of any obstructions in the way to free inter- 
 national intercourse, or any walls of permanent 
 separation between the different portions of the 
 great empire of the human mind. In fact, it has 
 been asked, what right one single individual can 
 possibly have to shut out one third of the human 
 family from all intercourse and acquaintance with 
 the rest — a question which it would be difficult to 
 answer. Still, however, we cannot help reflect- 
 ing, in justification of the reigning family at 
 Pekin, how unfortunate have been the specimens 
 of Christianity which the Oriental nations have 
 generally seen. Christians, according to the 
 ideas which barbarous and semi-barbarous nations 
 must necessarily form, are unprincipled money- 
 getters, roaming about the world to procure the 
 riches of others by violence or fraud ; ambitious 
 of empire ; inflexibly tenacious of every advantage 
 
132 DIFFICULTIES. 
 
 they acquire ; scattering every where the awful 
 desolations of gunpowder and rum. It is cer- 
 tainly not surprising that China has preferred that 
 its millions should be left to themselves. 
 
 Whether this course, however, has been wise 
 or unwise, European governments, as might natu- 
 rally have been expected, have never been satis- 
 fied with it. The inconveniences and difficulties 
 arising from it are of a very serious character. 
 It must be remembered, that the emperor, who is 
 the soul fountain of all authority, has, on this 
 system, no intercourse with foreign powers. For- 
 eigners have no direct access to the government 
 at all. If they have any ground of complaint, 
 or have any request to make, the Hong merchants 
 are the only accessible points of the great Chi- 
 nese community. Every communication must go 
 through them. Sometimes they are unwilling to 
 present a communication, thinking it will be un- 
 popular with the government; and the government, 
 in accordance with a principle which has already 
 been alluded to, holds the bearer of a message in 
 a great degree responsible for its contents. At 
 other times, the subject of a communication may 
 be a question in which the Hong merchants are 
 themselves concerned ; and then their own repre- 
 sentations go to the government, and no possible 
 
DIFFICULTIES. 133 
 
 means are within the reach of the foreign resi- 
 dents, by which they can secure the opportunity 
 of pleading their own cause. 
 
 It is not surprising that the governments of 
 Europe, especially those whose subjects were 
 carrying on an extensive trade with China, should 
 desire to have things on a different footing. A 
 great many attempts, by the different European 
 powers, have been made, one of which, as a 
 specimen of others, we shall describe in the two 
 
 following Chapters. 
 
 12 
 
CHAPTER IV 
 
 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 Instead of giving our readers a condensed 
 view of the many attempts which have been made 
 to open a regular diplomatic intercourse between 
 China and the European powers, we shall take 
 one of them as a specimen, and go into it some- 
 what in detail. We do this the more readily, 
 because there is no more effectual mode of be- 
 coming acquainted with the most important par- 
 ticulars relating to the geography of the country, 
 and the manners and customs of the people, than 
 to follow minutely the history of one of these 
 expeditions. This Chapter, therefore, might, per- 
 haps, as well be entitled " The Interior," as to be 
 named as it is. Its object is mainly to introduce 
 the reader into the heart of the country. 
 
 Not far from fifty years ago, the British govern- 
 ment determined to see what effect would be pro- 
 duced by a formal and imposing embassage, di- 
 rectly from the king of England, to the emperor 
 of China. A very great degree of importance 
 was attached to the enterprise, and much time 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 135 
 
 and attention were devoted to maturing the details 
 of the plan. After much deliberation, Lord Ma- 
 cartney was appointed ambassador. His rank 
 and his reputation were of the highest order; 
 and he had enjoyed the most favorable opportu- 
 nities for acquiring experience in diplomatic 
 duties, and had been extensively acquainted with 
 foreign nations, in various quarters of the globe. 
 Sir George Staunton was appointed his majesty's 
 secretary of the legation, by whom a full account 
 of the whole expedition was published on their 
 return. A ship of war, accompanied with other 
 vessels, was to carry out the ambassador and his 
 suite. Sir Erasmus Gower was appointed to the 
 command of the squadron, and many young 
 gentlemen of high rank and fortune applied for 
 permission to accompany the expedition. 
 
 The ambassador's train alone amounted to 
 about one hundred persons. There was the 
 body-guard of the ambassador, under command of 
 Major Benson ; there were the physician, and the 
 botanist, and the draughtsman, and the painter, 
 and the astronomer, and botanic gardeners. Every 
 thing was done which could be done, both to give 
 to the embassy an imposing appearance in the 
 Byes of the emperor when it should arrive, and 
 also to facilitate the collecting of information of 
 every kind, to gratify the curiosity of the British 
 
136 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 nation, on their return. In fact, all Europe 
 looked with interest for the results of the ex- 
 periment. 
 
 A serious difficulty occurred, in respect to an 
 interpreter. Of course they must have an inter- 
 preter. On account of the peculiar difficulties 
 of the language, and the very little intercourse 
 allowed with the natives of Canton, scarcely an 
 Englishman could be found who was in any 
 tolerable degree acquainted with the Chinese 
 tongue. 
 
 Now, the Catholics, in order to prepare the 
 missionaries, whom they had long been accus- 
 tomed to send to China, for their work there, had 
 founded, in France and Italy, seminaries for teach- 
 ing the Chinese language ; and Staunton, the 
 secretary of the embassy, was sent off to visit these 
 seminaries, to find, if possible, some one sufficiently 
 acquainted with the language to answer their pur- 
 pose. After several disappointments, he at length 
 found, in a Chinese college at Naples, two natives 
 of China, well acquainted, both with their own 
 tongue and with the Italian and Latin, which 
 languages Lord Macartney understood. These, 
 after some difficulty, were induced to go back, 
 with the secretary, to London, there to embark 
 with the expedition. 
 
 The next subject which required the attention 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 137 
 
 of the expedition, was the selection of presents. 
 These were provided in great numbers, and at 
 great expense. Utility, rather than show, how- 
 ever, was chiefly consulted in the selection of 
 them. The latest and most approved astronomical 
 instruments, a splendid planetarium, specimens 
 of the best British manufactures of every variety, 
 and '* all the late inventions for adding to the 
 comforts and conveniences of social life," were 
 procured. One of the largest ships of the East 
 India Company was laden with the presents thus 
 provided. 
 
 Thus far, we presume, the sympathies of the 
 reader have been enlisted in favor of the enter- 
 prise ; and his feelings have harmonized with 
 those of the conductors of it in the arrangements 
 they have made. We are sorry to say, that there 
 must be now a little jar, if, as we hope is the 
 case, the reader is controlled by Christian prin- 
 ciple. In order to prepare the emperor of China 
 for their approach, it was concluded to send on an 
 announcement of the enterprise to him. This 
 must, of course, be done through the Hong mer- 
 chants, and the local authorities at Canton. The 
 communication was intrusted to the highest of- 
 ficers of the East India Company then at Canton ; 
 and they were instructed to present it in so 
 public a manner as to prevent the possibility of 
 12* 
 
laS THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 its being kept from the knowledge of the emperor, 
 even if the viceroy should be inclined to suppress 
 it, as he had, in some former instances, done. 
 
 By examining a copy of the communication sent, 
 the reader will perceive that it was not honest. 
 The real object was, to establish a regular and 
 permanent diplomatic intercourse with a country 
 of silks and teas. They feared, however, that 
 the open announcement of this wish would have 
 alarmed the emperor, and thus have defeated their 
 object : so they seem to have concluded to send 
 this embassy on false pretences, such, however, 
 as would be gratifying to the emperor's pride, in 
 the hope that, if this should be successful, another 
 and another might succeed, and the desired 
 system grow up imperceptibly. Perhaps Christian 
 honesty did not require them to state fully all 
 that they hoped would grow out of such an enter- 
 prise; but, though they were not required to tell 
 all that was true, they were certainly not justified 
 in saying or pretending what was false, viz. that 
 the great object of the expedition was to do suit- 
 able honors to the emperor's birthday. Their 
 real object, too, in going round through the Yellow 
 Sea to Pekin, instead of landing at Canton, and 
 passing across the country, was to avoid entirely 
 the old channel of communication through the 
 Hong merchants, and the viceroy of Canton, and 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 139 
 
 also to lead the emperor to view the enterprise as 
 a delegation from a government, and not to asso- 
 ciate it with trading operations. These, their 
 motives, they might not, perhaps, have been 
 bound to reveal ; but they might have been silent. 
 They ought not to have pretended that the design 
 of the long and hazardous voyage was the safe 
 conveyance of the emperor's presents. In fact, 
 there is such an air of waggery about the whole 
 communication, that we can hardly believe but 
 that, on finishing the composition, the noble 
 ambassador and his honorable secretary must 
 have exchanged a smile at their ingenious plan 
 for practising upon the supposed simplicity of the 
 emperor. The event showed, however, that they 
 mistook their man. This case, as will appear in 
 the sequel, seems to indicate that honesty is the 
 best policy, even in diplomatic intercourse, though 
 such a sentiment, we believe, is contrary to the 
 general sense of those who ought to be able to 
 judge. • 
 
 The communication from Canton to the empe- 
 ror was sent in the name of a high officer of the 
 East India Company ; and in it the writer stated, 
 *' that his most gracious sovereign, having heard 
 that it had been expected that his subjects, settled 
 at Canton, should have sent a deputation to the 
 court of Pekin, in order to congratulate the emperor 
 
uo 
 
 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 on his entering into the eightieth year of his age, 
 but that such deputation had not been immedi- 
 ately despatched, expressed great displeasure 
 thereat ; and, being desirous to cultivate the 
 friendship of the emperor of China, and of im- 
 proving the connection, intercourse, and good cor- 
 respondence, between the courts of London and 
 Pekin, and of increasing and extending the com- 
 merce between their respective subjects, had re- 
 solved to send his well-beloved cousin and coun- 
 sellor, Lord Macartney, a nobleman of great 
 virtue, wisdom, and ability, as his ambassador 
 extraordinary and plenipotentiary, to the emperor 
 of China, to represent his person, and to express, 
 in the strongest terms, the satisfaction he should 
 feel, if this mark of his attention and rsgard 
 should serve as a foundation to establish a per- 
 petual harmony and alliance between them ; and 
 that the ambassador, with his attendants, should 
 soon set out upon the voyage ; and having several 
 presents for the emperor, from his^ Britannic 
 majesty, which, from their size, and nicety of 
 mechanism, could not be conveyed through the 
 interior of China, to so great a distance as from 
 Canton to Pekin, without the risk of damage, he 
 should proceed, directly, in one of his majesty's 
 ships, properly accompanied, to the port of Tien 
 Sing, approaching, in the first instance, as near 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. I4l 
 
 as possible to the residence of the emperor of 
 China." The document concluded by " request- 
 ing the information thus given to be conveyed to 
 the court of Pekin, trusting that the imperial 
 orders would be issued for the proper reception 
 of the king of Great Britain's ships, with his 
 ambassador and suite, as soon as they should 
 appear at Tien-Sing or the neighboring coasts." 
 
 At length all things were in readiness, and 
 the ambassador and his train went across from 
 London to Portsmouth, where the ships were 
 lying, and set sail, early in the autumn of 1792. 
 As the wind slowly wafted them down the British 
 Channel, they felt that they were bidding farewell 
 for a very long time, and some of them probably 
 forever, to all which they had known and loved, 
 in search of a region, which, though it was upon 
 the same planet, was in almost every respect a 
 new world. 
 
 After touching at several places on the way, 
 and meeting with the usual variety of incidents 
 and adventures, to which so large a company, on 
 so long a voyage, must be liable, the squadron 
 came to anchor at a small island off the coast of 
 China, in order to have the opportunity of send- 
 ing in to Canton. It has already been remarked 
 that it was not their intention to stop at Canton 
 
142 
 
 f: 
 
 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 itself, because they wished to have the whole 
 expedition kept as free as possible from any 
 apparent connection with the trading establish- 
 ments there, and also because they knew that the 
 Chinese authorities there would probably be sus- 
 picious and jealous of the enterprise ; and they 
 wished, as much as possible, to keep out of their 
 reach. The viceroy of Canton, the chief collector 
 of the revenue there, and the Hong merchants 
 themselves, had two reasons for not wishing well 
 to any plans for a more direct and friendly inter- 
 course between the English and Chinese govern- 
 ments. In the first place, it might be the means 
 of opening new channels of trade in other parts 
 of the empire, by which their lucrative monopoly 
 would be destroyed ; and, in the next place, in 
 collecting the revenue, and in their other transac- 
 tions with the English, they had gradually fallen 
 into some oppressive practices, which they were 
 naturally unwilling to have exposed. Hitherto, 
 they had been themselves the only channel of 
 intercourse with the emperor ; and, consequently, 
 they could always tell their own story, without 
 fear of contradiction. 
 
 The ambassador, therefore, wished to have as 
 little as possible to do with Canton ; and yet, on 
 several accounts, it was necessary to send there. 
 
 They had one or two Chinese, who bad com© 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 143 
 
 with them as passengers, and who wished to be 
 landed there. One of the two interpreters, too, 
 who had been engaged in Europe, found his 
 courage failing him, now he was approaching the 
 dominions of the emperor. He reflected that, 
 if he should continue with the ambassador, and 
 be discovered to be a Chinese, he would be liable 
 to punishment, both for having left his native 
 country without permission, and for having gone 
 into the service of a foreigner. The other, how- 
 ever, though in exactly the same danger, con- 
 cluded to run the hazard. " He considered him- 
 self," says Staunton, " as having entered into an 
 engagement to accompany the embassy through- 
 out, and was not to be deterred from what he 
 once had undertaken by subsequent reflections 
 upon the danger that might attend it. There 
 was reason, indeed, to hope that the ambassador 
 would be able to protect him, should it even be 
 discovered that he had been born within the con- 
 fines of the Chinese territory. He was a native 
 of a part of Tartary annexed to China, and had 
 not those features which denote a perfect Chinese 
 origin ; but his name having a signification in 
 the language of that country, he changed it for 
 one that bore the same meaning in English. He 
 put on an English military uniform, and wore a 
 sword and a cockade. He thought it right ta 
 
144 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 take those precautions for his safety ; but he was 
 prepared for any event that might take place, 
 without being in the least disturbed about what 
 it might be." 
 
 Another object in sending to Canton, was that 
 the embassy might learn how the emperor had 
 received the announcement of their intended 
 visit, and what arrangements, if any, had been 
 made for their reception. They found abundant 
 evidence that the emperor was gratified with their 
 design, and that he had done every thing to facili- 
 tate the execution of it. He had made arrange- 
 ments for giving the embassy a reception in every 
 way suitable to its dignity. He had sent repeated 
 instructions on the subject to the local authorities 
 all along the coast, and given orders for manda- 
 rins* to await the ambassador's arrival, and for 
 pilots to be stationed at proper places, to take 
 charge of the ships, and to conduct them, in 
 safety, to the great seaport nearest to Pekin, 
 where they were to land. 
 
 It was curious to observe the eager interest 
 with which the Chinese authorities at Canton 
 endeavored to pry into the plans of the embassy, 
 and to have something to do with carrying it 
 
 * The Portuguese gave this name to Chinese officers, 
 from ^'maiyiarj" to command. 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 145 
 
 forward ; and, as their assistance and confidence 
 were exactly what the embassy did not want, they 
 were often not a little embarrassed in declining, 
 with proper civility, their offered assistance. The 
 governor of Canton was satisfied that there must 
 have been some private design in the enterprise, 
 and was very eager to learn what it was. He 
 solemnly assured them, that, '* if they would 
 let him know what it was, he would confine the 
 matter within his own breast, and that of the 
 emperor." This proposal was, of course, not com- 
 plied with. The commissioners, to whom the 
 governor made this application (for the ambassa- 
 dor himself had remained with the ships off the 
 coast while they sent up to Canton), very politely, 
 though how honestly we cannot tell, replied that 
 " they were ignorant of any views besides those 
 which they had avowed, of paying a just com- 
 pliment to his imperial majesty, and of cultivating 
 his friendship ; but that, if there were any other, 
 they were undoubtedly confided to the ambassa- 
 dor alone." 
 
 The commissioners, too, were repeatedly urged, 
 by these officers, to write to the ambassador to 
 come to Canton himself^ and land there, where 
 all foreign vessels were accustomed to land, in- 
 stead of sailing on, one or two thousand miles, to 
 Pekin. They even proposed sending out a vessel 
 13 
 
146 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 expressly for the purpose of finding the ambas- 
 sador, and urging this point. They were told, 
 however, that it would be utterly unavailing. 
 
 The viceroy of Capton applied also for a list 
 of the presents which were coming for the em- 
 peror, lie said he wanted to send the list to 
 Pekin ; and he even, at first, refused to send the 
 letter announcing the ambassador's approach, 
 unless he could also transmit all the particulars. 
 The English, however, on this point, as on all 
 the others, gave him but little satisfaction. 
 
 One more plan was attempted. The governor 
 apjwinted two Chinese merchants of Canton to 
 go out and join the embassy, and to go with them 
 to act as interpreters, &/C. This, too, was aid 
 which the embassy preferred to dispense with, 
 as they had no desire to have all their intercourse 
 with the emperor under the supervision of agents 
 of the Canton authorities. 
 
 These various proposals were, however, at 
 length overruled, and the brigs which had been 
 sent to Canton, returned to the ambassador ; and 
 the whole expedition then sailed towards the 
 north. By looking upon the map of China, the 
 reader will find, near the coast, about midway 
 between Canton and Pekin, a small island, whose 
 Chinese name is variously represented in English 
 by Tchoo san, Shusan, Chusan, &/C. Up to the 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 147 
 
 time of this expedition, this island had almost 
 been the northern limit of European navigation in 
 this part of the world ; and here it consequently 
 became necessary to put in, in order to procure 
 pilots, who might be able to conduct the squadron 
 through the Yellow Sea. 
 
 Shusan is in the # midst of an archipelago of 
 little islands, among which, through the narrow 
 channels which separated them, the vessels of the 
 squadron had to thread their way. They soon 
 came to anchor, not, however, before their arrival 
 had attracted great attention, and drawn together 
 great multitudes of gazers. It was here, it must 
 be remembered, that the squadron first entered 
 upon the Chinese territories. " At the sight of 
 the large ships," says one of the historians of the 
 voyage, " a vast number of boats, issuing from 
 every creek and cove, presently crowded together, 
 in such a manner, and with so little management, 
 as to render it difficult to pass through without 
 danger of oversetting or sinking some of them — 
 a danger, however, to which they seemed quite 
 insensible. Vessels of a larger description, and 
 various in the shape of their hulls and rio-crinor, 
 from twenty tons burden, and upwards, to about 
 two hundred tons, were observed in considerable 
 numbers, sailing along the coast of the continent, 
 laden generally with small timber, which was 
 
148 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 piled to such a height upon their decks, that no 
 extraordinary force of wind would seem to be 
 required to overturn them. Beams of wood, and 
 other pieces that were too long to be received 
 upon the deck of a single ship, were laid across 
 the decks of two vessels, lashed together. We 
 saw, at least, a hundred couple thus laden, in one 
 fleet, keeping close in with the coast, in order to 
 be ready, in case of bad weather, to put into the 
 nearest port, being ill calculated to resist a storm 
 at sea. The ships, indeed, that are destined for 
 longer voyages, appear, from their singular con- 
 struction, to be very unfit to contend with the 
 tempestuous seas, of China. The general form 
 of the hull, or body of the ship, above water, is 
 that of the moon, when about four days old. The 
 bow, or forepart, is not rounded, as in ships of 
 Europe, but is a square, flat surface, the same as 
 the stern, without any projecting piece of wood 
 usually known by the name of cuUwater, and 
 without any keel. On each side of the bow, ^ 
 large circular eye is painted, in imitation, I sup- 
 pose, of that of a fish. The two ends of the ship 
 rise to a prodigious height above the deck. Some 
 carry two, some three, and others four masts. 
 Each of these consists of a single piece of wood, 
 and are, consequently, not capable of being occa- 
 sionally reduced in length, as those of European 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 149 
 
 ships. The diameter of the mainmast of one of 
 the larger kind of Chinese vessels, such as trade 
 at Batavia, is not less than that of an English 
 man-of-war of sixty-four guns ; and it is fixed in 
 a bed of massive timber, laid across the deck. 
 On each mast is a single sail of matting, made 
 from the fibres of the bamboo, and stretched, by 
 means of poles of that reed, running across, at 
 the distance of about two feet from each other. 
 These sails are frequently made to furl and unfurl, 
 like a fan. When well hoisted up, and braced 
 almost fore and aft, or parallel with the sidesg)f 
 the ship, a Chinese vessel will sail within three 
 and a half or four points of the wind ; but they 
 lose all this advantage over ships of Europe by 
 their drifting to leeward, in consequence of the 
 round and clumsy shape of the bottom, and their 
 want of keel. The rudder is so placed, in a 
 large opening of the stern, that it can occasionally 
 be taken up, which is generally done in approach- 
 ing sands and shallows. 
 
 '' The Chinese, in fact, are equally unskilled in 
 naval architecture as in the art of navigation. 
 They keep no reckoning at sea, nor possess the 
 least, idea of drawing imaginary lines upon the 
 surface of the globe, by the help of which the 
 position of any particular spot may be assigned : 
 in other words, they have no means, whatsoever, 
 13* 
 
150 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 of ascertaining the latitude or the longitude of 
 any place, either by estimation from the distance 
 sailed, or by observation of the heavenly bodies, 
 with instruments for the purpose. Yet they pre- 
 tend to say, that many of their early navigators 
 made long voyages, in which they were guided 
 by charts of the route, sometimes drawn on paper, 
 and sometimes on the convex surface of large 
 gourds, or pumpkins. From this circumstance, 
 some of the Jesuits have inferred that such charts 
 must have been more correct than those on flat 
 surfaces. If, indeed, the portion of the convex 
 surface, employed for the purpose, was the seg- 
 ment of a sphere, and occupied a space having 
 a comparative relation to that part of the surface 
 of the earth sailed over, the inference might be 
 allowable ; but this would be to suppose a degree 
 of knowledge, to which it does not appear the 
 Chinese had at any time attained, it being among 
 them, in every period of their history, an univer- 
 sally-received opinion, that the earth is a square, 
 and that the kingdom of China is placed in the 
 very centre of its flat surface." 
 
 At length, it was found desirable for the squad- 
 ron to stop, and to send forward one brig only — 
 the Clarence — to the island of Shusan, to procure 
 the pilots. This brig, on her arrival before the 
 town, anchored in a spacious basin, formed by 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 151 
 
 several islands ; and some mandarins came on 
 board. They said that the governor was absent, 
 but that he would return in the course of the day, 
 and would be happy to receive them on the follow- 
 ing morning. 
 
 " Accordingly," says Mr. Barrow, *' at an early 
 hour in the morning, the gentlemen of the em- 
 bassy, who had been sent on this business, went 
 on shore, and were received by the governor, with 
 great politeness and abundant ceremony, in his 
 hall of public audience, which, as a building, 
 had little to'attract our notice. The usual minute 
 inquiries being gone through, — which, it seems, 
 Chinese good-breeding cannot dispense with, such 
 as the health of his visitors, of their parents and 
 relations, and particularly the name and age of 
 each person, — the object of our visit was explained 
 to him, and, at the same time, a hope expressed 
 that there would be no delay in getting the pilots 
 on board. The old gentleman appeared to be 
 much surprised at such violent haste, and talked 
 of plays, feasts, and entertainments, that he meant 
 to give us. Pilots, however, he said, were ready 
 to take charge of the ships, and to carry them 
 along the coast to the next province, where others 
 would be found to conduct them still farther. 
 On being told that such a mode of navigation 
 was utterly impracticable for the large English 
 
152 THE ENGLISH E^LBASSY. 
 
 ships, and that such pilots would be of no use to 
 us, he begged to be allowed the remainder of the 
 day to inquire for others. We little expected to 
 have met with any difficulties, with regard to 
 pilots, in one of the best and most frequented 
 ports of China, where, at that time, several hun- 
 dred vessels were lying at anchor. The remain- 
 der of the day was spent in a visit to the city of 
 Ting-hai ; but the crowd became so numerous, 
 and the day was so excessively hot, that, before 
 we had passed the length of a street, we were 
 glad to take refuge in a temple, where the priests 
 very civilly entertained us with tea, fruit, and 
 cakes. The officer who attended us advised us 
 to return in sedan chairs — an offer which we 
 accepted ; but the bearers were stopped every 
 moment by the crowd, in order that every one 
 might satisfy his curiosity, by thrusting his head 
 in at the window, and exclaiming, with a grin, 
 Hung-mau ! {Englishman, or, literally, Red- 
 pate !) Rather disappointed than gratified, we 
 were glad, after a fatiguing day, to throw our- 
 selves into our cots, on board the Clarence. 
 
 *• When we went on shore the following morn- 
 ing, we found the military governor, attended by 
 a civil magistrate, by whom, after the usual com- 
 pliments, we were addressed in a long oration, 
 delivered, apparently, with a great deal of solem- 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 153 
 
 nity, the intention of which was, to convince us, 
 that, as it had been the practice of the Chinese, 
 for time immemorial, to navigate from port to 
 port, experience had taught them it was the best. 
 Finding, however, that his eloquence could not 
 prevail on his hearers to relinquish their own 
 opinions on the subject, the governor and he con- 
 sulted together for some time, and at length re- 
 solved that a general muster should be made 
 of all the persons in that place, who had at any 
 time visited by sea Tien-sing, the port of des- 
 tination. 
 
 '* A number of soldiers were accordingly de- 
 spatched, and soon returned with a set of the most 
 miserable-looking wretches I ever beheld, who 
 were thrust into the hall, and, dropping on their 
 knees, were examined, in that attitude, as to their 
 qualifications. Some, it appeared, had been at 
 the port, but were no seamen ; others followed 
 the profession, but had never been at the port ; 
 and several were hauled in, who had never set a 
 foot on board a vessel of any description whatso- 
 ever. In short, the greater part of the day was 
 consumed to no purpose ; and we were about to 
 conclude that we had a great chance of leaving 
 this central and much-frequented harbor without 
 being able to procure a single pilot, when two 
 men were brought in, who seemed to answer 
 
154 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 the purpose better than any who had yet been 
 examined. It appeared, however, that they had 
 quitted the sea for many years, and, being com- 
 fortably settled in trade, had no desire to engage 
 in the present service ; on the contrary, they beg- 
 ged, on their knees, that they might be excused 
 from such an undertaking. Their supplications 
 were of no avail. The emperor's orders must be 
 obeyed. In vain did they plead the ruin of their 
 business by their absence, and the distress it 
 would occasion to their wives, their children, and 
 their families. The governor was inexorable ; 
 and they were ordered to be ready to embark in 
 the course of an hour." 
 
 The poor pilots, thus forced to a service which 
 they had no desire to enter, seem to have per- 
 formed their duties according to the best of their 
 abilities, though, on their arrival on board the 
 ships, they were too much awed by the novelty 
 of the strange scene to which they were ushered, 
 to take any very decided part in the guidance 
 of the squadron. One of them brought with him 
 his little mariner's compass, made after the Chi- 
 nese fashion, which was very different from the 
 European : the other had forgotten his. The 
 ambassador was, however, under the necessity 
 of making the best of his facilities, such as they 
 were, for finding a safe way through these un- 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 155 
 
 known seas; and, accordingly, under the guidance 
 of a singular mixture of Chinese and European 
 navigation, the squadron worked its way to the 
 northward, and then to the westward, among the 
 low islands and the muddy shoals of the Yel- 
 low Sea. 
 
 As they were now rapidly approaching the 
 termination of their voyage, as might have been 
 supposed, the ambassador began to turn his atten- 
 tion to the scenes which were before them on the 
 shore. He was, of course, very anxious to guard 
 against every danger which might threaten to in- 
 terfere with the success of the enterprise ; and, 
 among his other precautions, a short time before 
 they arrived at the place of their destination, he 
 sent a communication to every ship, to be read 
 to the passengers and crew ; the object of which 
 was, to urge upon them the importance of guard- 
 ing, with the greatest care, their own deportment, 
 when they should reach the shore, and to make 
 known to them certain regulations, to which they 
 were expected to conform, while the expedition 
 should remain in the Chinese territory. They 
 were required to observe the greatest caution and 
 mildness in the treatment of every individual in 
 the country, with whom they should have any 
 intercourse. He said he should faithfully report 
 at home the good or ill conduct of the members 
 
156 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 of the expedition, and should punish with severity 
 any cases of irregularity which might occur ; or, 
 if any offence should be committed, which should 
 render the guilty person amenable to the severity 
 of the Chinese law, he should not feel under any 
 obligation to interfere, in any way, to arrest the 
 consequences. He required that the military guard 
 should be kept constantly together, and be regu- 
 larly exercised ; and none were to be absent from 
 the ship, or from their quarters on shore, without 
 permission. The same regulation Was adopted 
 with reference to the crews ; and even the gentle- 
 men connected with the expedition were re- 
 quired to submit to the same restraint, though 
 the ambassador's commands to them were signi- 
 fied in a little less authoritative manner. " His 
 excellency expects," said the document, *'that 
 the gentlemen in his train will show the example 
 of subordination, by communicating their wishes 
 to him before they go from the ship, or their 
 usual habitation ashore." 
 
 Every person connected with the embassy was 
 strictly forbidden " to offer for sale, or to propose 
 to purchase, the smallest article of merchandise, 
 of any kind, under any pretence whatever." So 
 anxious were they to avoid all appearance of a 
 trading or trafficking spirit, which might alarm 
 the Chinese. 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 157 
 
 It began to be evident, from the increasing 
 shallowness and muddiness of the water, the 
 farther they advanced, that it would be necessary 
 'fot the squadron to come to anchor before entering 
 the river Peiho, on one of the branches of which 
 the city of Pekin was situated. The Lion, the 
 man-of-war which conveyed the ambassador, was 
 the principal ship of the squadron, and required 
 much more water than they were likely to find 
 in approaching the shore. They sent on a small 
 vessel, the Jackal, when they were some hundreds 
 of miles from the mouth of the river, to explore 
 the entrance, and to bring back a report ; and the 
 remaining vessels of the squadron followed cau- 
 tiously on, heaving the lead continually, the 
 smaller ones keeping carefully in advance of the 
 rest. These advance vessels often made the 
 signal 6f danger as they approached some muddy 
 shoal, or low island, when the Lion would change 
 her course, in search of deeper water. They 
 worked on, in this way, several days, till, at last, 
 the water became so shoal, that they did not dare 
 to proceed any farther ; and, on the twenty-fifth 
 of July, about midnight, the command was given 
 to let go the anchor ; and the majestic ship swung 
 round to her place, at the termination of her 
 voyage. Nearly a year had elapsed since they 
 left the harbor in England. 
 14 
 
158 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 The next morning, they looked eagerly for land ; 
 but, though they were only twelve or fifteen miles 
 from the shore, the land was so low, that it was 
 not visible from the deck of the ship, though they 
 could plainly discern the tops of trees and build- 
 ings. Here they were to wait for the return of 
 the Jackal, which had been sent on, a few days 
 before, to explore the entrance to the river. The 
 next day, she appeared returning from the west- 
 ward, surrounded by an immense number of Chi- 
 nese vessels, flocking after her from every direc- 
 tion. This vessel reported that the mud and 
 sand brought down by this river was deposited in 
 great shoals at its mouth, over which the water 
 was not more than ten feet deep at high tide. 
 They had ascertained, too, that the city Tien-sing, 
 the port of Pekin, and, in fact, the great naval 
 emporium of this part of the Chinese empire, 
 the city where they were finally to land, was 
 sixty miles in the interior, following the circui- 
 tous course of the stream. The Jackal had 
 spent a night in the river, and, by announcing 
 the approach of the embassy, had awakened 
 universal interest and curiosity throughout all 
 the region. 
 
 The most interesting circumstance connected 
 with the return of the Jackal was, that there 
 accompanied her, among the multitudes of Chi- 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 159 
 
 nese, whose junks flocked around her, two officers 
 I of high rank, one civil, the other military, who 
 had been stationed on the coast, to await the 
 arrival of the ambassador, and to take the charge 
 of conveying him and his retinue to the presence 
 of the emperor. They were accompanied by a 
 large train of attendants, who seemed to look up 
 to them with the most profound respect. When 
 they approached the ship, — one of a size and a 
 martial appearance which they had never seen 
 before, — they seemed not a little impressed by it. 
 They shrunk from climbing up her lofty sides, 
 from their boat, in the ordinary way ; and, to re- 
 lieve them of the embarrassment, chairs were let 
 down, by means of a tackle, and they were drawn 
 up to the deck, and thence ushered into the 
 ambassador's splendid cabin. 
 
 The interpreter, brought from Naples, and dis- 
 guised as we have before shown, was the medium 
 of communication between the ambassador and 
 his guests, or, perhaps, we might say, between the 
 officers and their guest ; for Lord Macartney was, 
 perhaps, from this time, rather to be considered 
 as enjoying the hospitality of the emperor.* 
 
 * It may be interesting to persons who may feel any 
 curiosity in respect to the Chinese language, to state, that 
 two individuals connected with the expedition had en 
 
160 
 
 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 These Chinese officers told the ambassador 
 *^ that they were appointed to attend him to the 
 imperial court, and they were disposed to do all 
 in their power, in obedience to the commands of 
 their sovereign, to render the journey safe and 
 pleasant to him." These professions were made 
 with the appearance of honesty ; and the subse- 
 quent conduct of these mandarins showed that 
 they were sincere. 
 
 These mandarins, however, like those at Can- 
 ton, found it difficult to control their curiosity 
 to learn all the details respecting the embassy, 
 and especially to know something about the 
 presents. They insisted on a catalogue of them ; 
 
 deavored to learn the language on their passage, by means 
 of the instructions of the Chinese passengers. One was 
 a youth, the other of mature age. When they came to 
 hear the language spoken, the latter found it was almost 
 entirely unintelligible, while the former succeeded very 
 well, both in understanding and speaking it, so as to 
 make quite a good interpreter. Whether this difference 
 was owing to any superiority of the quickness of youth 
 over the steady perseverance of age, or to other accidentid. 
 causes, we cannot say. It is, at all events, some encou r- 
 agement to the traveller, to know that it is possible, iin 
 any case, to acquire such a knowledge of the languag e, 
 as to speak and understand it, after a year's study, with a 
 single teacher. The voyage occupied rather less tha n 
 a year. . 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 161 
 
 and, though such applications had been made 
 before, by every mandarin with whom they had 
 had any communication, and always declined, 
 they concluded to yield in this case ; and they 
 gave them a sort of description of the collection 
 of presents, with a specification of some of the 
 more important ones. 
 
 The object of the whole expedition being to 
 open an intercourse with China, it became very 
 important to have every thing connected with it 
 bear on this point ; and all the arrangements were 
 made with reference to impressing the Chinese 
 government with a sense of the greatness of the 
 British empire, and the high degree of advance- 
 ment which civilization, and refinement, and the 
 arts, had, in that country, attained. One of the 
 greatest obstacles to such a commercial connection 
 as was desired, was the vanity of the Chinese, 
 who considered their own country as the world, 
 and looked upon all foreigners as the scattered 
 inhabitants of remote and semibarbarous lands. 
 The celestial empire could not come down near 
 enough to a level with France and England to 
 make a commercial treaty with them. One great 
 object of this embassy, then, was, to convince the 
 Chinese, if possible, that it would not be so great 
 a descent, after all ; and we may very safely con- 
 clude, that the selection of presents was regulated 
 14* 
 
162 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 quite as much by a wish, on the part of the 
 donors, to elevate themselves in the estimation of 
 their new friends, as to be useful to them. But 
 we will let them tell their own story : — 
 
 '* The king of Great Britain," said the docu- 
 ment, written in the Chinese character, and hand- 
 ed to the two mandarins on board the ambassa- 
 doi's ship, " willing to manifest his high esteem 
 and veneration for his imperial majesty of China, 
 by sending an embassy to him, at such a distance, 
 and by choosing an ambassador among the most 
 distinguished characters of the British dominions, 
 wished, also, that whatever presents he should 
 send might be worthy of such a wise and dis- 
 cerning monarch. Neither their quality nor their 
 cost could be of any consideration before the 
 imperial throne, abounding with wealth and 
 treasures of every kind. Nor would it be be- 
 coming to offer trifles of momentary curiosity, 
 but little use. His Britannic majesty had been, 
 therefore, careful to select only such articles as 
 might denote the progress of science and of the 
 arts in Europe, and which might convey some 
 kind of information to the exalted mind of his 
 imperial majesty, or such other articles as might 
 be practically used. The intent and spirit ac- 
 companying presents, not the presents themselves, 
 are chiefly of value between sovereigns." 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 163 
 
 Some of the articles were described in the fol- 
 lowing manner : — 
 
 " The first and principal consists of many parts, 
 which may be used distinctly, or be connected 
 together, and represents the universe, of which 
 the eatth is but a small portion. This work is 
 the utmost effort of astronomical science and 
 mechanic art, combined together, that was ever 
 made in Europe. It shows and imitates, with 
 ^reat clearness and mathematical exactness, the 
 several motions of the earth, according to the 
 system of European astronomers ; likewise the 
 eccentric or irregular motions of the moon 
 around it ; and of the sun, with the planets 
 which surround it, as well as the particular system 
 of the planet, called by Europeans Jupiter, which 
 has four moons constantly moving about it, as 
 well as belts upon its surface ; and also of the 
 planet Saturn, with its ring and moons, together 
 with the eclipses, conjunctions, and oppositions, 
 of the heavenly bodies. Another part indicates 
 the month, the week, the day, the hour, and 
 minute, at the time of inspection. The machine 
 is as simple in its construction as it is complicated 
 and wonderful in its effects ; nor does any so 
 perfect remain behind in Europe. It is calculated 
 for above a thousand years, and will be long a 
 
164 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 monument of the respect in which the virtues 
 of his imperial majesty are held in some of the 
 remotest parts of the world. 
 
 " With this machine is immediately connected 
 another, of a curious and useful construction, for 
 observing, farther and better than had formerly 
 been done, distant and minute bodies in the 
 heavens, as they really move in the great expanse ; 
 the result of such observations demonstrating the 
 exactness with which those motions are imitated 
 in the machine already described. These obser- 
 vations are made, not by looking directly at the 
 object, as in common telescopes, in which the 
 powers of sight are more limited, but by perceiv- 
 ing sideways the reflection of such objects upon 
 mirrors, according to a method invented by a 
 great philosopher called Newton, and improved 
 by an excellent astronomer, called Herschel ; 
 and who both have made such discoveries in 
 science as to deserve that their names should 
 reach to his imperial majesty of China. The 
 powers of vision, in particular, have been extend- 
 ed, by their means, beyond all former hopes and 
 calculations. 
 
 " As astronomy is not only essentially useful 
 towards the perfection of geography and naviga- 
 tion, but, from the greatness of its objects, elevates 
 
THR ENGLISH EMBASSY. 165 
 
 the mind, and thus is worthy the contemplations 
 of sovereigns, and has, accordingly, attracted 
 the notice of his imperial majesty, who has en- 
 couraged the cultivation of that science, — an use- 
 ful instrument is added for that purpose, as it may 
 serve to explain and reconcile the real motion 
 of the earth with the apparent motion of the 
 sun and other celestial bodies. 
 
 ** Another article consists of a globe, repre- 
 senting the heavenly firmament, the ground, or 
 general color, being azure, imitative of the sky ; 
 on which ground all the fixed stars are placed in 
 their precise relative positions. The stars are 
 made of gold and silver, in different tints, and 
 of different magnitudes, according to the propor- 
 tional size of which they appear as viewed from 
 the eajth ; together with silver lines for the dif- 
 ferent divisions which distinguish the different 
 parts of the firmament. 
 
 " Corresponding with this celestial globe is 
 one representing the different continents of the , 
 earth, with its seas and islands ; distinguishing 
 the possessions of the different sovereigns, capital 
 cities, and great chains of mountains. It is ex- 
 ecuted with peculiar care, and comprehends all 
 the discoveries in the different parts of the world, 
 made in the voyages undertaken for that purpose 
 by order of his Britannic majesty, together with 
 
166 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 the routes of the different ships sent on those 
 expeditions. 
 
 " Several packages contain instruments for 
 ascertaining time, with all the improvements and 
 elegance of modern inventions. One of these 
 points out the periods of the new and full, and 
 other phases or changes of the moon. The other 
 indicates the state of the air, and foretells the 
 impending changes of the atmosphere. A machine 
 is added for removing air, in order to make, in 
 the vacant space, several curious and extraordi- 
 nary experiments, which prove the importance 
 of the atmosphere to animal life, and its effects 
 on the motion of inanimate substances. 
 
 ** Likewise a machine, pointing out the dif- 
 ferent means, or methods, called by Europeans 
 the mechanical powers, which assist the natural 
 strength of man or beast ; with contrivances for 
 the exemplification of those powers, applied to the 
 assistance and comforts of infirmity or age. 
 
 " The next articles consist of several pieces 
 of brass ordnance, used in battles, and howitzer 
 mortars, which are instruments of annoyance, 
 from whence combustible matter is thrown into 
 the towns or fortresses of an enemy. Such instru- 
 ments were thought likely to be interesting to so 
 great a warrior and conqueror as his imperial 
 majesty. To these are added other military 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 167 
 
 weapons, such as muskets, pistols, and sword- 
 blades, for cutting through iron without losing 
 their edge. 
 
 '^ His Britannic majesty, who is acknowledged 
 by the rest of Europe to be the first maritime 
 power, and is truly sovereign of the seas, wished, 
 as a particular mark of his attention to his impe- 
 rial majesty, to send some of his larger ships with 
 the present embassy. He was, however, obliged 
 to fix on vessels of less considerable size, on 
 account of the shallows and sands of the Yellow 
 Sea, little known to European navigators ; but 
 he has sent a complete model of the largest 
 British ship of war, mounting one hundred and 
 ten cannon, of considerable caliber. This model 
 shows even the minutest part of such a stupen- 
 dous structure. 
 
 ** Specimens are sent, likewise, of the modes 
 in which the best British artists work, and render 
 valuable, the clayey and stony substances found 
 in their own country. Among those specimens 
 are useful and ornamental vases ; some imitative 
 of antiquities, and some in the best modern taste. 
 
 *' Several of these articles owe much of their 
 hardness and beauty to the operation of common 
 or terrestrial fire ; but a degree of heat, vastly 
 more intense, as well as more sudden and aston- 
 ishing in its effects, is collected immediately from 
 
168 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 the sun, by means of an instrument which next 
 follows among the presents. It consisis chiefly 
 of two transparent bodies of glass, one of a pro- 
 digious size for such a material, and wrought by 
 nice and persevering art into such a form, and so 
 placed and directed, as not only to kindle into 
 flame matters easily combustible, when exposed at 
 a particular distance before it, but also to soften 
 or reduce at once into a powder, or a fluid, the 
 hardest stones, or most refractory metals, gold, 
 silver, copper, iron, or even the new-discovered 
 substance, called platina, or white gold ; which 
 platina is more diflicult of fusion in a common 
 fire, or furnace, than any of the metals formerly 
 known in nature. The principal parts of this 
 machine, being as brittle, in their composition, as 
 it is powerful, violent, and instantaneous, in its 
 operations, are so difficult to be procured without 
 defect, and so liable to be broken during the 
 attempts of the artist to bring them to perfection, 
 that they are very rarely obtained of a considerable 
 size ; and one of the masses of glass now pre- 
 sented is much the largest and most complete 
 that was ever made in Europe. 
 
 " In separate cases are packed up the different 
 parts of two magnificent lustres, or frames of 
 glass, with gold, for containing lights to illuminate 
 the great apartments of a palace ; such lustres 
 
IHE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 169 
 
 varying in their form and effect, according to the 
 disposition of the innumerable pieces which com- 
 pose them. In these are placed circular lamps, 
 which diffuse, by a method lately discovered, a 
 much grander and more vivid light than art had 
 been enabled to produce before. 
 
 '' Several other packages are added, consisting 
 of a great number of the productions and manu- 
 factures of Great Britain, particularly in wool and 
 cotton, as well as in steel and other metals. In 
 such a variety, there is a chance that some may be 
 found acceptable for their use, their curiosity, or 
 as objects of comparison with a few of the great 
 manufactures of his imperial majesty's donfinions. 
 
 " To the specimens of such articles as were 
 capable of transportation, are added several rep- 
 resentations, taken from nature, of cities, towns, 
 churches, seats, gardens, castles, bridges, lakes, 
 volcanoes, and antiquities ; likewise of battles by 
 sea and land, dock-yards, or places for building 
 ships, horse-races, bull-fighting, and of most other 
 objects curious or remarkable in the dominions 
 of his Britannic majesty, and other parts of 
 Europe ; also of several of the most eminent 
 persons, including the royal family of Great Brit- 
 ain ; the representations themselves being monu- 
 ments of the arts by which they are made, in 
 their present advanced state.'* 
 15 
 
l70 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 The British government undoubtedly supposed 
 that these things would tend, of course, to humble 
 the Chinese a little, by forcing upon them a com- 
 parison of the highest efforts of science and art 
 in their own country. But vanity and self-con- 
 ceit, — how hard it is to cure them ! The chief 
 impression which seemed to be made was, a sense 
 of their own transcendent glory and excellence^ 
 the fame of which could spread so far, and a pride 
 in having such a nation as the English among 
 their remote inferiors and tributaries ! 
 
 As the ambassador and his train were now to 
 leave the squadron, to be some time, probably 
 some iftonths, upon the shore, he drew up written 
 instructions to the commander of it, to improve 
 the time during his absence in visiting several 
 important places in those seas, with the design of 
 opening, if possible, commercial negotiations with 
 them. He gave directions in respect to the man- 
 ner in which he should conduct his negotiations, 
 and gave him letters to the chiefs of the places 
 specified. The ships were to perform these 
 voyages, and then repair to Canton in the follow- 
 ing May, the ambassador and his train expecting 
 to go across the country by land. 
 
 All things were now ready for the ambassador 
 to leave the ship ; and there must have been an 
 intense interest excited by the circumstances of 
 the parting scene. The ambassador and his 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 171 
 
 train had taken their places in large and hand- 
 some junks : the baggage and the presents, too, 
 had been transferred to the Chinese vessels, thirty 
 or forty in number, which had been prepared for 
 them. The sea was covered with boats and 
 vessels of every size, filled with interested spec- 
 tators, and in the centre towered the majestic 
 frigate, with her tiers of guns, one above another, 
 projecting from the dark port-holes, in readiness 
 for the parting salute. The word of command 
 is given to man the yards, when hundreds and 
 hundreds of sailors, in a neat white dress, run 
 up the shrouds, and fill the tops, and stretch out 
 upon the yards, until the towering mass of spars 
 and rigging teems with life and activity. 'Tis but 
 a moment, however, and then all is still. Every 
 voice is hushed, and every motion ceases ; and 
 there is a pause, during which a deep and solemn 
 silence reigns, far and wide, on every crowded 
 deck, and top, and shroud, which fill the view. 
 'Tis but a moment, when the bright flashes burst 
 forth, one after another, from the sides of the 
 frigate, followed by the thunder of the cannon, 
 which rolls over the water, and comes back to 
 the ear in a loud and long-continued roar ; and 
 then the hundreds of sailors, extending in long 
 rows upon the lofty yards, fill the air with their 
 cheers, waving their hats, and shouting, with 
 measured regularity, their three times three. It 
 
172 
 
 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 was a man-of-war's farewell ; and, when the sounds 
 died away upon the ear, the fleet of native vessels 
 were slowly wafted towards the shore. 
 
 As they entered the mouth of the river, they 
 found it filled with boats and junks in immense 
 numbers, which were waiting their arrival. The 
 land on each side was low and level,* but richly 
 cultivated ; and here and there, villages were 
 scattered, giving life and interest to the scene. 
 The sea-boats which had brought them from the 
 anchoring-place of the Lion, were not suitable 
 for going up the river; and the whole party were 
 transferred to a fleet of river craft, — yachts, — 
 resembling in general form, the canal-boats used 
 in our country.* 
 
 * The following is the air sung by the boatmen on the 
 
 river r — 
 
 AIR. 
 
 Solo by 
 
 the 
 Master. 
 
 Chorus 
 by the 
 Crew. 
 
 
 11 
 
 :!&& 
 
 ES^ 
 
 Hai-yo hal-yao 
 
 ):#iiz--rt— tar; 
 
 hai-yo liai-yau 
 
 S 
 
 t.-r '^ — ^ :a-Ta — ^ 
 
 Hai - yo hai-yau 
 
 liai-yo 
 
 EsSfj 
 
 m 
 
 hai-vvha de 
 
 hai-yau hai-yau 
 
 Egg^JEg^^gfa- JESEEJi 
 
 hai-vau 
 
 hai-yo hai-5'au. 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 173 
 
 But we will give the description of their pas- 
 sage up the river in their own words : — 
 
 ''No slight magnificence was displayed, and 
 no expense seemed to be spared, in the treatment 
 of the embassy, either as to the number of man- 
 darins who were appointed to accompany it, and 
 whose salaries were increased upon this particular 
 service ; the crowd of inferior Chinese, who were 
 engaged to attend upon the occasion ; the many 
 vessels employed in conveying the whole ; the 
 parade of reception wherever the yachts stopped ; 
 and the occasional shows and decorations as they 
 passed along, the cost of all which, together with 
 that of the supplies of every kind which could be 
 wanted, the emperor chose, should be entirely 
 borne by himself; upon this great idea, that the 
 whole empire was as his private property and 
 dwelling, in which it would be a failure of hos- 
 pitality to suffer a visitor — for as such an ambas- 
 sador is always considered by the Chinese — to be 
 at the least charge for himself, or for his train, 
 while he continued there. His imperial majesty's 
 orders, on this subject, were very strictly obeyed. 
 A gentleman who accompanied the ambassador, 
 and who wished to purchase some trifling articles 
 of dress, was immediately supplied ; but the man- 
 darin who had been employed to buy them, de- 
 clared he dared not accept the price from him for 
 15* 
 
174 THi: ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 whose use they were destined, but charged the 
 same to the emperor's account. The imperial 
 mandates, on all occasions, seem to be received 
 with a degree of awe, and to be executed with a 
 punctuality, which imply that they are seldom 
 known to be infringed without a punishment 
 adequate to the offence. The authority of govern- 
 ment is delegated, on particular occasions, to 
 superior mandarins ; an instance of which occur- 
 red in the dismissal of a subordinate officer, at- 
 tending upon the embassy, by the chief conduct- 
 ors of it, for no very violent transgression. 
 
 ** Every arrangement being completed for the 
 embassy's proceeding up the river, and his excel- 
 lency's orders having been taken upon the sub- 
 ject, the signal was made for sailing on the morn- 
 mg of the ninth of August. To the vessels already 
 mentioned were added such others as were to 
 carry the mandarins of various ranks, and other 
 Chinese, appointed to attend the embassy, in 
 number, at least, equal to that of the Europeans 
 who composed it. No guns are fired in China, 
 by way of signal ; but circular rimmed plates 
 of copper, condensed by much hammering, and 
 mixed with tin or zinc, to render it more sonorous, 
 are struck with wooden mallets, and emit a noise 
 almost deafening to those who are near it, and 
 which is* heard to a considerable distance. The 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 175 
 
 instrument, which the Chinese call loo, and the 
 Europeans, in China, gong, from the name it 
 bears in other parts of the East, is generally used 
 upon the water. In like manner, two pieces of 
 wood struck against each other, and producing a 
 sound like that of a great rattle, serve, ashore, 
 to give notice from authority, on most occasions, 
 especially among the troops. Drums do not seem 
 to be used in the army ; but they form a part of 
 religious music in the temples. 
 
 " Almost every vessel connected with the em- 
 bassy had on board both Europeans and Chinese. 
 From a mixture of people, whose habits, wants, 
 and language, were so new to each other, much 
 confusion might be expected to arise. It was 
 avoided by caution and method. The mandarins 
 were, on every occasion, attentive to the accom- 
 modation of the passengers. Even the Chinese 
 soldiers and sailors displayed a gentleness of de- 
 portment, and a willingness to oblige, distinguish- 
 able from the mere execution of a duty, and 
 which showed that the present soldiers, at least, 
 were not unwelcome. These strangers were, 
 indeed, announced as coming from afar, to pay a 
 compliment to their sovereign ; and the lowest of 
 the Chinese were not so depressed as to be in- 
 senswbte of some national gratification on that 
 account. 
 
176 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 " The approach of the embassy was an event 
 of which the report spread rapidly among the 
 neighboring towns and villages. Several of these 
 were visible from the barges upon the river. 
 Crowds of men were assembled on the banks, 
 some of whom waited a considerable time to see 
 the procession pass, while the females, as shy as 
 they were curious, looked through gates, or peeped 
 over walls, to enjoy the sight. A few, indeed, 
 of the ancient dames almost dipped their little 
 feet into the river, in order to get a nearer peep ; 
 but the younger part of the sex generally kept in 
 the back-ground. The strangers, on their part, 
 were continually amused and gratified with a 
 succession of new objects. The face of the 
 country, the appearance of the people, presented, 
 in almost every instance, something different from 
 what offers to the view elsewhere ; and a general 
 sentiment prevailed among the strangers, that it 
 was well worth while to have travelled to such a 
 distance to behold a country which promised to 
 be interesting in every respect. 
 
 " The direct progress of the embassy upon 
 the river was very slow, its course being remark- 
 ably serpentine. The route was therefore con- 
 siderably lengthened ; and the wind, which upon 
 one stretch was favorable, became adverse upon 
 the other. The banks of the river were higher 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 17T 
 
 than the adjacent plains. Those plains extended 
 as far as the eye could reach ; and the windings 
 of the river through them made the masts of the 
 vessels sailing on it appear, throughout the 
 country, as if moving over the fields in every 
 direction, while the water lay concealed. 
 
 " The fields exhibited a high state of cultiva- 
 tion, and were generally covered with the holcus 
 sorghum, or tallest of the vegetables producing 
 esculent grain, commonly called, in English, 
 Barbadoes millet. It grows to ten or twelve feet 
 high ; and the lowest calculation of its increase 
 was a hundred fold. 
 
 " As soon as night came on, the banks were 
 illuminated with variegated lights, from lanterns, 
 whose transparent sides were made of different 
 colored paper, some white, some stained with blue, 
 and others red. The different numbers of lan- 
 terns hoisted on the masts' heads of the various 
 vessels in the river, denoted the rank of the pas- 
 sengers they held ; all which, together with the 
 lights from the cebins of the junks, reflecting 
 from the water, produced a moving and parti- 
 colored illumination — a species of magnificence 
 much affected by the Chinese. 
 
 " In the course of travelling, the next day, a 
 considerable enclosure was, for the first time, 
 perceived, resembling a gentleman's park in 
 
178 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 England. It was the residence of the Ta-whang^ 
 or chief of the district. His dwelling was dis- 
 tinguished by treble gates, and by two poles 
 erected near them, each forty feet high, destined 
 to bear ensigns of dignity, and, in the night, to 
 carry lanterns for use and .ornament. Within 
 the enclosures were seen several buildings, a 
 variety of trees, and several sheep and horses. 
 Hitherto, very ie\w cattle, of any kind, had been 
 any where observed. Though the lands lay low, 
 and fit to be converted into meadows, scarcely 
 any were found in that state, or any lying fallow. 
 
 " On one side of the river was a large grove 
 of high and wide-spreading pines, near and 
 amongst which were discovered several monu- 
 ments of stone, erected to the memory of persons 
 buried underneath. No temple was in the neigh- 
 borhood of this cemetery. However a view of 
 the repositories of the dead may increase the dis- 
 position to seriousness and piety in buildings 
 consecrated to public worship, considerations of 
 health towards the living may have been thought 
 sufficient, in China, to keep those places entirely 
 separate. 
 
 *^At length they came in sight of Tien-sing, 
 the literal signification of which Chinese name is 
 heavenly spot — an appellation which it claims 
 as situate in a genial climate, a fertile soil, a dry 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSV. 179 
 
 air, and a serene sky. It is the general emporium 
 for the northern provinces of China, and is built 
 at the confluence of two rivers, from which it rises 
 in a gentle slope. The palace of the governor 
 stands on a projecting point, from whence it com- 
 mands the prospect of a broad basin, or expanse 
 of water, produced by the union of the rivers, 
 and which is almost covered with vessels of dif- 
 ferent sizes. Many of them never cross the 
 shallow bar at the Pei-ho, but are employed in 
 the internal trade, carried on by means of canals, 
 as well as great rivers, throughout the empire. 
 
 " Across the rivers, where united at Tien*sing, 
 was a bridge of boats, for the convenience of the 
 people, but which occasionally separated, to let 
 vessels pass betvveen them. Along the quay 
 were some temples and other handsome edifices ; 
 but the rest consisted chiefly of shops for the 
 retail of goods, and also warehouses, together 
 with yards and magazines for maritime stores. 
 The private houses presented little more than 
 dead walls in front, the light only coming to them 
 from interior courts. The spectators were mostly 
 in the streets, and upon the vessels literally cover- 
 ing the water opposite the city. Few females 
 were mixed with those spectators. The crowds, 
 however, were immense, not only from the highest 
 ground to the water's edge, but hundreds were 
 
180 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY 
 
 actually standing in the water, in order to ap- 
 proach nearer to the spectacle of the vessels 
 which conveyed the strangers. As these could 
 not be incommoded by the crowd, nothing like 
 soldiers or constables interfered with the move- 
 ments of the people. Yet, in all the ardor of 
 curiosity, the people themselves preserved a great 
 degree of decency and regularity in their de- 
 meanor. Not the least dispute seemed to take 
 place a'mong them ; and, from a sense of mutual 
 accommodation, none of the common Chinese, 
 who usually wear straw hats, kept on theirs, while 
 the procession of the embassy was passing, lest 
 they should obstruct the view of the persons be- 
 hind them, though their bare heads were thus 
 exposed to a scorching sun. The gradual rise, 
 on every side, from the water to the farthest ex- 
 tremity of the city, rendered tlie whole one great 
 amphitheatre. It was literally lined with heads, 
 one behind and a little above the other. Every 
 face was seen ; and the number appeared to sur- 
 pass any former multitude observed in the 
 country." 
 
 At length the embassy landed, and were re- 
 ceived with much parade by a new officer, who 
 is called in their narratives the legate. He was 
 the mandarin specially appointed by the emperor, 
 to receive the ambassador and his train at the 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 181 
 
 time •of their landing in his dominions, and to 
 conduct them to his presence. Of course, the 
 duties of the two viceroys, who had been thus 
 far in charge, now ceased. The ambassador 
 and his train seem not to have liked the change ; 
 for the legate, as they call him, seems to have 
 been a far more unmanageable guide than his 
 predecessors. In fact, the emperor seems to 
 have made his appointments with a great degree 
 of wisdom, intending, as he did, to make the 
 journey of his guests as agreeable as possible, 
 without relaxing, in any degree, from that strict 
 system which it had always been his policy to 
 adopt. The legate treated his charge with great 
 civility, but with the most scrupulous watchful- 
 ness ; and, after various attempts to see how far 
 they could go, they found that they must yield to 
 the necessity of the case, and, while travelling in 
 Chinese territories, comply with Chinese wishes. 
 Yet they had a pleasant sail up the river, beyond 
 this point ; for, although they landed here for a 
 short time, their route still lay along the river. 
 They still sailed in their beautiful yachts ; they 
 still found the banks richly cultivated, and villages 
 and landings every where crowded with curious 
 spectators. Now and then, too, some of the party 
 could ramble a little on the shore, though they 
 soon found that this was not agreeable ; and they 
 16 
 
I8S THE ENGLISH EMBA9ST. 
 
 confined themselves to their boats. These hoaits 
 were moved generally by the wind ; but, when the 
 wind failed, they were drawn, each by a set of 
 about fifteen men, who walked upon the shore ; 
 and so long was the train of yachts, that it re- 
 quired about a thousand men, half drawing at a 
 time, to accompany the expedition for this pur- 
 pose. These men were provided by the emperor, 
 and under the command of the legate. The 
 scene must have been a singular one. A train 
 of thirty or forty of these gayly-painted and gayly- 
 decorated vessels, drawn by five hundred Chinese 
 boatmen, in their gaudy dresses, and accompanied 
 by as many more ; the legate and his train, carried 
 in their sedans along the shore ; and the countless 
 multitudes which poured out every where from the 
 beautiful villages, and over the richly-cultivated 
 fields, to gaze on the passing pageant, — must have 
 presented to the European eyes the appearance 
 of a gay and splendid vision. 
 
 The ambassador learned from the legate that 
 the emperor was at Gehol. If the reader will 
 look at any common map of China, he will see 
 laid down upon it the famous wall, passing a little 
 north of Pekin, from east to west. It is a vast 
 structure, erected many centuries since, to defend 
 China from her northern neighbors. It is, how- 
 ever, useless now ; for Tartary and China form 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 183 
 
 one empire, and a Tartar dynasty is upon the 
 throne. The wall is, accordingly, no longer a 
 boundary, and the residences of the emperor are 
 upon both sides. Gehol is a summer residence 
 of the emperor beyond the wall, a few hundred 
 miles north-east of Pekin. 
 
 The Europeans were pleased to hear that their 
 journey was to be continued ; for it would afford 
 them an opportunity of seeing the wall — a structure 
 which has been considered so great a curiosity, 
 that Dr. Johnson said it would have been an 
 honor to a man for his grandfather to have seen 
 it. The arrangement was made as follows : — The 
 whole party were to land finally at Tong-choo-foo, 
 a city at the head of navigation, towards Pekin ; 
 thence they were to proceed, by land, through 
 the great capital, to a famous summer residence 
 of the emperor's, a few miles beyond the city — 
 the Versailles of the celestial empire. Yuen-min- 
 yuen was its name. Here a part of the company 
 were to remain, while the ambassador and a small 
 number of his attendants, taking with them a 
 selection of the presents, were to proceed beyond 
 the wall, to Ghehol, or Zhehol, or Gehol, as the 
 name is variously written ; for, in attempting to 
 fix the sounds of Chinese words by the Euro- 
 pean alphabetic character, there are no fixed 
 
Ib4 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 principles to guide us ; and every traveller and 
 geographer suits himself. 
 
 This arrangement was, accordingly, carried into 
 effect. On their landing at Tong-choo-foo, where 
 their conveyance by water ceased, the means of 
 transportation by land were provided by the man- 
 darins under the direction of the legate. So 
 large was the company, and so great the quantity 
 of baggage, including the presents, that ninety 
 small wagons, forty hand-carts or barrows, two 
 hundred horses, and about three thousand men, 
 were employed. The ambassador himself, and 
 three gentlemen of his suite, travelled in sedan 
 chairs, borne on the shoulders of four natives 
 each. The other gentlemen were on horseback. 
 A detachment of soldiers preceded the train, and 
 cleared the vvay, which was thronged with eager 
 spectators. The largest and heaviest boxes were 
 carried by men, who attached bamboos to the 
 sides; and to the ends of these, other shorter 
 bamboos were fastened, in such a way that the 
 strength of eight, or sixteen, or even a greater 
 number of men, could be applied, as the weight 
 might require. The long train was at length in 
 readiness, and it slowly moved on over the broad 
 and well-paved road which forms the great south- 
 ern approach to Pekin. This magnificent avenue 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY- 185 
 
 conducted them, through a spacious suburb, to 
 the gates of the city. 
 
 The city they found to be enclosed by a high 
 wall, with towers at convenient intervals. It was, 
 in form, an oblong square, and covered about 
 twelve square miles, being at least four times as 
 large in extent, within the walls, as the present 
 city of New York : its suburbs, too, were very 
 extensive. The following brief description, if 
 attentively considered, will enable the reader to 
 understand better the narrative of our travellers' 
 passage through it. 
 
 It is surrounded by walls, with large square 
 buildings at the corners, and towers at equal 
 distances along the sides. On each side of the 
 city are two great gateways, with large and lofty 
 edifices erected over them for their defence. Four 
 wide and straight streets lead from these gate- 
 ways through the city. The train entered at the 
 most southerly of the two eastern gates ; and one 
 of the travellers gives the following description 
 of the scene which presented itself to their view, 
 when they were fairly within the walls : — 
 
 " We had no sooner passed the gate, and opened 
 out the broad street, than a very singular and 
 novel appearance was exhibited. We saw before 
 us a line of buildings, on each side of a wide 
 street, consisting entirely of shops and warehouses, 
 16* 
 
180 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 the particular goods of which were brought out 
 and displayed in groups in front of the houses. 
 Before these were generally erected large wooden 
 pillars, whose tops were much higher than the 
 eves of the houses, bearing inscriptions in gilt 
 characters, setting forth the nature of the wares 
 to be sold, and the honest reputation of the seller ; 
 and, to attract the more notice, they were gener- 
 ally hung with various colored flags, and streamers, 
 and ribands, from top to bottom, exhibiting the 
 appearance of a line of shipping, dressed, as we 
 sometimes see it, in the colors of all the different 
 nations in Europe. The sides of the houses were 
 not less brilliant in the several colors with which 
 they were painted, consisting generally of sky- 
 blue, or green, mixed with gold ; and, what ap- 
 peared to us singular enough, the articles for sale 
 that made the greatest show, were coffins for the 
 dead. The most splendid of our coffin furniture 
 would make but a poor figure if placed beside 
 that intended for a wealthy Chinese. Next to 
 those, our notice was attracted by the brilliant 
 appearance of the funeral biers and the marriage 
 cars, both covered with ornamental canopies. 
 
 " At the four points where the great streets 
 intersect one another, were erected those singular 
 buildings, sometimes of stone, but generally of 
 wood, which have been called triumphal arches^ 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 187 
 
 but which, in fact, are monuments to the memory 
 of those who had deserved well of the community, 
 or who had attained an unusual longevity. They 
 consist, invariably, of a large central gateway, 
 with a smaller one on eacK side, all covered with 
 narrow roofs, and, like the houses, painted, var- 
 nished, and gilt, in the most splendid manner. 
 
 " The multitude of movable workshops of 
 tinkers and barbers, cobblers and blacksmiths ; the 
 tents and booths, where tea, and fruit, rice, and 
 other eatables, were exposed for sale, with the 
 wares and merchandise exposed before the doors, 
 — had contracted the spacious street to a narrow 
 road in the middle, just wide enough for two of 
 our little vehicles to pass each other. The caval- 
 cade of officers and soldiers that preceded the 
 embassy ; the processions of men in office, attended 
 by their numerous retinues, bearing umbrellas and 
 flags, painted lanterns, and a variety of strange 
 insignia of their rank and station ; different 
 trains, that were accompanying, with lamentable 
 cries, corpses to their graves, and, with discordant 
 music, brides to their husbands ; the troops of 
 dromedaries, laden with coal from Tartary ; the 
 wheel-barrows and hand-carts, studded with veg- 
 etables, — occupied nearly the whole of this middle 
 space, in one continued line, leaving very little 
 joom for the cavalcade of the embassy to pass. 
 
188 
 
 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 All was in motion. The sides of the street were 
 filled with an immense concourse of people, buy- 
 ing, and selling, and bartering their different com- 
 modities. The confused noises of this mixed 
 multitude, proceeding from the loud bawling of 
 those who were crying their wares ; the wrangling 
 of others, with, every now and then, a strange 
 twanging noise, like the jarring of a cracked 
 Jew's-harp, which was the barber's signal, made 
 by his tweezers ; the mirth and the laughter that 
 prevailed in every group, — could scarcely be ex- 
 ceeded by the brokers in the Bank rotunda, or 
 by the Jews and old women in Rosemary-lane. 
 Pedlers, with their packs, and jugglers, and con- 
 jurers, and fortune-tellers, mountebanks and 
 quack-doctors, comedians and musicians, left no 
 space unoccupied. The Tartar soldiers, with 
 their whips, kept with difficulty a clear passage 
 for the embassy to move slowly forwards.'' 
 
 The street on which the embassy were advan- 
 cing, which, the reader will recollect, was the 
 southernmost of the great streets leading from east 
 to west, did not pass directly through the city, but 
 was interrupted, near the middle, by a large en- 
 closure, extending up from the southern wall. 
 This enclosure contained the palaces and grounds 
 of the emperor, and was surrounded by a wall 
 of bright, polished bricks, covered with a roof of 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 189 
 
 yellow tiles. The broad street, through which 
 they were pacing, came up to the wall, and then 
 it turned to the right, and passed round on the 
 northern side of the enclosure. In this direction 
 they went round, escaping from the bustle and 
 confusion through which, for a mile and a half, 
 they had been passing ; for the buildings in this 
 part of the street were, as we might expect from 
 their being in such immediate vicinity to the 
 royal residence, dwelling-houses only, and those 
 of men of rank and wealth. When they reached 
 the middle of the enclosure, on the northern side, 
 they stopped to look, through a great gateway 
 there, into the magnificent interior. 
 
 The scene which was presented was gay and 
 splendid beyond description. The space enclosed 
 was about ten times as large as Boston common. 
 The surface was diversified by hills and valleys, 
 and the whole area was covered with gardens, 
 palaces, temples, groves, lakes, and islands, and 
 every species of artificial construction which 
 could contribute to the beauty of the scene. The 
 place was the residence of the court. Here were 
 the palace of the emperor, all the tribunals and 
 public offices of government, the mansions of the 
 ministers and high officers of state. The artifi- 
 cers and trademen belonging to the court had 
 also their dwellings here. There were high 
 
190 
 
 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 eminences, on the summits of which were erected 
 summer-houses, sheltered by lofty trees ; and there 
 were streams of water, and lakes, artificially con- 
 structed, with deeply-indented shores, and spotted 
 with verdant islands, on which fantastic edifices 
 were erected. The whole scene displayed the 
 gay and brilliant coloring which Chinese taste 
 always delights to present to the eye. It looked 
 like enchantment. 
 
 But the legate seemed to have had no inclina- 
 tion to invite them to enter ; and, after pausing 
 some time to gaze at the scene, the train moved 
 on. They crossed the second great street leading 
 from north to south through the city, and at length 
 reached the western gate, by which they were 
 to make their exit from the city, two hours after 
 having entered on the opposite side. 
 
 From the suburb around the gate, the long 
 procession emerged into the open country beyond ; 
 and, after continuing their journey for several 
 miles, they at last arrived at the villa or palace 
 prepared for their reception. A royal residence, 
 in China, is a garden, however, rather than a 
 palace, containing many buildings of various forms 
 and sizes; so that the whole attracts the eye 
 rather as a gay and varied landscape, than as a 
 front of imposing architecture. The grounds in 
 this consisted of an enclosure of at least twelve 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 191 
 
 acres. It contained a garden laid out in ser- 
 pentine walks, a rivulet winding round an island, 
 groves of trees interspersed with grassy lawns, 
 and diversified with artificial hills, valleys, and 
 rocks. The buildings consisted of several sepa- 
 rate pavilions, containing handsome apartments, 
 the whole arranged with much taste, and pro- 
 ducing a very pleasant effect. 
 
 This residence had been constructed expressly 
 for the use of foreign embassies, during their 
 stay ; for the presence of such embassies from 
 the neighboring provinces, sent to bring tribute, 
 or to do homage, was very common. This 
 palace had been appropriated to their use ; and 
 here, in a spacious hall, which formed a part of a 
 cluster of buildings, decorated with all the gay 
 embellishments so characteristic of Chinese archi- 
 tecture, was to be performed the ceremony of the 
 reception. The approach was through three 
 courts, surrounded with buildings ; and the build- 
 ing was itself erected upon a platform of granite, 
 raised about four feet above the level of the 
 ground. The roof projected, after the Chinese 
 fashion, and was supported by rows of columns 
 painted red, and varnished, and the capitals orna- 
 mented with various devices, in vivid coloring. 
 A net of gilt wire, so fine as scarcely to be per- 
 ceived, was spread over the whole entablature 
 
192 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 of the building, to prevent birds from resting 
 upon it. The interior was spacious and splendid ; 
 and on one side, the space between the pillars 
 was constructed of panels which could be removed 
 at pleasure, so as to throw the whole interior 
 open, on that side, to the light and the air. The 
 floor was paved with gray marble flag-stones, laid 
 chequer-wise ; and the ceiling was highly orna- 
 mented with various figures, in geometrical forms^ 
 and painted with gay colors. This splendid 
 apartment was intended as the place of audience, 
 where the emperor received in state the various 
 foreign embassies which appeared at his court. 
 Of course, it contained a throne. This throne was 
 approached by flights of steps in front and at the 
 sides. It was made of a beautiful species of wood, 
 richly carved. It was from this seat that his 
 majesty was to view his presents, when they should 
 be arranged around the hall. 
 
CHAPTER V. 
 
 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY— CONTINUED. 
 
 The reader will probably, by this time, begin 
 to look for some indications, in respect to the 
 probable success of this enterprise ; for it is plain 
 that we are now drawing towards the time when 
 some such indications must appear. In fact, 
 they did appear before this time. Evidences 
 that the whole embassy was looked upon with 
 some jealousy, by the Chinese authorities, had 
 been observed pretty early, and were rather in- 
 creasing. These officers could not believe that 
 the real object of this expensive visit was the 
 pretended one, viz. simply to do honor to the 
 emperor on his birth-day. They could not sup- 
 pose that any mere mercantile objects were in 
 contemplation ; for the embassy, in the first place, 
 had studiously endeavored to keep all mercantile 
 interests entirely out of view, as we have already 
 seen ; and, besides, in the opinion of the Chinese, 
 any advantages of trade were not of sufficient 
 value or importance to afford an inducement for 
 undertaking so grand an enterprise. They were 
 17 
 
194 THf; 
 
 ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 afraid of something, they knew not exactly what — 
 some political interference with the country, per- 
 haps, or even military conquest. Their fears were 
 increased — unfortunately for the embassy — by the 
 tidings which reached them, about this time, of 
 the principles and effects of the French revolu- 
 tion, than which nothing could be more abhorrent 
 to the ideas of such a government as that of 
 China. Some vague reports, too, of the operations 
 of the English armies in India, especially upon 
 the eastern frontier, where the dominions of the 
 English and the Chinese monarchs approached 
 very near to one another, excited still more the 
 alarms and jealousies of the mandarins ; and thus, 
 while the ambassador and his suite were fondly 
 hoping, upon their approach to the emperor's pres- 
 ence, that they were about to bring their embassy 
 to a successful issue, the government itself was 
 secretly resolving to receive them with perfect 
 civility, but to resist all attempts at entering into 
 any negotiations whatever, and to insist firmly on 
 their immediate return. 
 
 Thus far, however, there had been no actual 
 difficulty between the ambassador and the govern- 
 ment ; but, on their arrival at Yuen-min-yuen, 
 the palace and gardens above described, a some- 
 what serious one arose. The ambassador was in- 
 formed that he would be expected to prostrate 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 195 
 
 himself, in the hall of audience, before the empty 
 throne, as an act of homage to the absent emperor. 
 The ambassador did not object particularly to the 
 nature of the ceremony, but he was entirely un- 
 willing to do any thing which would favor the 
 idea which the Chinese seemed quite inclined to 
 adopt, that the English were an inferior nation, 
 coming, by this embassy, to do homage and pay 
 tribute to the emperor. He proposed, therefore^ 
 not to comply with this custom, except on the 
 condition that a Chinese mandarin, of rank equal 
 to his own, should perform the same ceremony 
 before a pictw^e of the king of Great Britain^ 
 which he had with him. This proposal it was 
 necessary to make in writing ; but great difficulty 
 and delay were experienced, in finding a person 
 willing to translate it into the Chinese, for fear 
 of the displeasure of the government. Their 
 own interpreter, though acquainted with the com- 
 mon colloquial language of China, could not, by 
 any means, put such a state document into the 
 proper form. After various efforts to surmount 
 the difficulty, they at last accomplished their ob- 
 ject in the following manner, which we detail 
 particularly, that the reader may have some idea 
 of the difficulties and embarrassments which ob- 
 structed the intercourse between the ambassador 
 and the authorities to which he was sent. 
 
196 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 1. The ambassador wrote his document in 
 English. 
 
 2. This English copy was translated into 
 Latin, so as to bring it within the reach of their 
 interpreter, who had been brought from Italy, 
 and did not understand English. 
 
 3. The interpreter translated it, verbally, into 
 colloquial Chinese. 
 
 4. A Chinese writer was with great difficulty 
 procured to write it in the Chinese character, on 
 condition that it should be afterwards copied, and 
 his handwriting not seen by the government. 
 
 5. A page, attached to the embassy, who had, 
 on the voyage, learned to imitate the character, 
 transcribed the written copy, which transcript was 
 forwarded to the minister. 
 
 We have already said, that the emperor himself 
 was at Gehol, a royal residence in Tartary, on 
 the northern side of the Chinese wall ; and to 
 this place the ambassador was to proceed. His 
 journey was commenced before he received any 
 answer to his proposal in respect to the prostra- 
 tions. A part of his train remained behind, for 
 the purpose of superintending the unpacking and 
 arranging of the presents. They resided, how- 
 ever, while the ambassador was gone, at Pekin, 
 in a palace prepared for them there. The grounds 
 about this palace were surrounded by a wall ; and 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 197 
 
 within this enclosure, they were, in fact, prisoners. 
 Their motions were all watched ; they could have 
 no free intercourse with the natives ; and though 
 they could go in and out with some freedom, yet 
 they felt themselves almost as much under re- 
 straint as if they were prisoners of war. 
 
 Here, however, and at Yuen-min-yuen, they 
 remained, while the ambassador, followed by a 
 large train of Chinese attendants, and by most 
 of his European suite, set out on his northern 
 journey. The ambassador travelled in his car- 
 riage, which had been brought out with him in 
 one of the ships. *'It was probably the first 
 time," says Staunton, *'that an English post- 
 xihaise rolled upon the route to Tartary. The 
 road stretched to the northward, across the ex- 
 tensive plain on which Pekin is built, and was 
 shaded by vast willow-trees, planted along its 
 sides. Thecountry was highly cultivated. Some* 
 times the ambassador would take some of the 
 mandarins into the carriage with him, their usual 
 mode of travelling being in sedan chairs, carried 
 by the natives. At first, they were somewhat 
 startled, lest the carriage, which was hung high, 
 and seemed to totter, should overturn ; but, being 
 assured of its perfect safety, they became inex- 
 pressibly delighted with its easiness, lightness, and 
 rapidity, the ingenuity of the springs, and the 
 17* 
 
198 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 various contrivances for raising and lowering the 
 glasses and curtains, and for increasing or dimin- 
 ishing, at pleasure, the opening of the Venetian 
 blinds." 
 
 After travelling onwards about twenty miles, 
 the land began to rise, and gradually grew more 
 and more hilly ; and at length mountains began 
 to appear. On the fourth day, they saw, at a dis- 
 tance before them, what appeared to be a dark 
 line extending across the country, and continuing 
 over the summits of the mountains. It was the 
 famous Chinese wall. When they reached it, 
 they stopped to examine it minutely. We cannot, 
 however, stop to give the minute and particular 
 description of it, which they entered upon their 
 journals. 
 
 On passing beyond the wall, they found them- 
 selves in a new country, and among a new people ; 
 for, although under one government, the people, 
 the climate, the country, the customs, on the oppo- 
 site sides of this wall, are all distinct. They were 
 in the Switzerland of Asia. The autumnal air 
 was cool. The roads were rugged ; and oaks, 
 elms, and stunted pines, clothed the sides of the 
 mountains. At length they approached the city 
 of their destination, where they were received by 
 bodies of troops and vast crowds of spectators, 
 and were conducted to a group of buildings, 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 199 
 
 pleasantly situated south of the city, which had 
 been prepared for their reception. They looked 
 down upon the crowded city which was spread 
 out before them ; and beyond it, covering all the 
 hills and valleys for many miles, were the groves^ 
 and lawns, and palaces, of the emperor's summer 
 retreat. 
 
 As might naturally have been expected, the 
 ;an)bassador felt a little solicitude to know what 
 answer would be returned to his proposal, in 
 respect to the prostration ; for, until his arrival at 
 Gehol, he had received no reply to the communi- 
 cation which had been prepared with so much 
 care. Very soon after his arrival, however, the 
 legate called upon him, and returned the com- 
 munication, giving him to understand that he had 
 not presented it to the emperor, such a proposal 
 being so plainly inadmissible that its presentation 
 could do no good. He wished to have the am- 
 bassador present himself, too, as soon as possible, 
 not to the emperor, — for one of the arts of the 
 Chinese government consists in keeping the em- 
 peror at as great a distance, and in as inaccessi- 
 ble a position as possible, — but to the grand vizier, 
 who wished to know, particularly, what were the 
 contents of the English monarch's letter. The 
 ambassador supposed their plan was, to urge him 
 on, through the ceremonies of an audience, so as 
 
200 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 to obtain the prostration without replying to his 
 proposal. He accordingly determined to take no 
 further steps himself until this question should 
 be distinctly settled. Under the plea of indispo* 
 sition, — which, if it was real, was a very fortunate 
 circumstance for his excellency,— he declined the 
 visit to the vizier, and sent his secretary, with a 
 copy of the English king's letter, and also the 
 old memorial on the subject of the prostration, 
 which the legate had returned. 
 
 We cannot stop to detail the negotiations which 
 followed. It was not for some time, nor until 
 rumors of the difficulty had spread among all the 
 people around, producing not a little excitement, 
 that the business was finally settled. It was 
 agreed that the ambassador should be required 
 only to perform, before the emperor, the same 
 ceremony of respect which he was accustomed 
 to render when he approached his own sovereign, 
 viz. bending upon one knee. 
 
 This momentous affair being settled, the ap 
 proaching audience of the emperor attracted uni- 
 versal interest and attention. In the mean time, 
 — as several days intervened, and the ambassador 
 found that any such access to the emperor as 
 should enable him to produce personally any im- 
 pression upon his mind in respect to a change 
 of policy in his regulations of foreign intercourse. 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 201 
 
 was out of the question, — he endeavored to culti- 
 vate a good understanding with the vizier, in 
 hopes of being able to influence the measures 
 of the government through him. He did not, 
 however, succeed. The great statesman could 
 not see how any more extended a commerce would 
 benefit the Chinese. The introduction of Euro- 
 pean goods would be of no advantage : the Chi- 
 nese had always done very well without them, 
 and did not feel the need of them now. "Cotton 
 and rice might be brought from India," said the 
 ambassador. — " But we have extensive districts 
 in our own country adapted to the cultivation 
 of those very articles," replied the vizier. — ** We 
 might pay for the articles we purchase, in silver." 
 — *' But we have silver enough now ; an increase 
 will only raise the prices of the articles in our 
 own markets." — *' We can help you subdue the 
 pirates on your coasts," said the Englishman. — 
 ** It is not necessary, I thank you," replied the 
 Tartar ; ** for, when the pirates trouble us, we can 
 confine our commerce to our rivers and canals." 
 
 The reader need not be told that we do not give 
 the language of the dialogue, but only its substan- 
 tial results. The conversations were managed 
 with great delicacy and politeness on both sides, 
 and never assumed the form of debate. The am- 
 bassador was satisfied, however, that a Chinese 
 
202 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 Statesman could not be led to see, by any rhet- 
 oric which he could bring to bear upon the sub- 
 ject, that the central empire could stand in need 
 of any thing which foreigners could supply. A 
 limited and closely-watched commercial inter- 
 course, as a mere matter of favor towards remote 
 and dependent nations, would be allowed, as it 
 was plain that other nations could not do without 
 China ; but any thing further than this, it was 
 plainly his intention, firmly, though most politely, 
 to decline. 
 
 These fruitless negotiations being ended, the 
 ambassador seems to have made up his mind that 
 nothing remained for him but to go properly 
 through the great ceremonies of state which were 
 connected with his interviews with the emperor, 
 and then to return to England and report the 
 failure of the design. 
 
 He was not yet, however, absolutely without 
 hope; and he, of course, looked forward with 
 much interest to the approaching interview with 
 the aged monarch. The morning at length ar- 
 rived ; — ^the morning, for it is not one of the effects 
 of advanced civilization and refinement, in China, 
 to turn the night into day. They do, indeed, on 
 these great occasions, as will be seen presently, , 
 encroach a little upon the hours of darkness; but 
 it is from the other side, beginning early, not 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 203 
 
 continuing late. But let us present an account 
 of the audience given to the embassy. It took 
 place in the midst of the splendid landscape 
 scenery of the emperor's pleasure-grounds, which 
 we shall, hereafter, more particularly describe. 
 
 " On that morning, the ambassador and gentle- 
 men of the embassy went, before daylight, as was 
 announced to be proper, to the garden of the 
 palace of Zhe-hol. In the middle of the garden 
 was a spacious and magnificent tent, supported 
 by gilded or painted and varnished pillars. The 
 canvass of which it was composed did not follow 
 the obliquity of the cords, along their whole length, 
 to the pegs fastened in the ground, but, about 
 midway, was suffered to hang perpendicularly 
 down, while the upper part of the canvass con- 
 stituted the roof Towards one extremity of the 
 tent was placed a throne, with windows in the 
 sides of the tent, to throw light particularly upon 
 that part of it. Opposite to the throne was a 
 wide opening, from whence a yellow fly-tent pro- 
 jected to a considerable distance. The furniture 
 of the tent was elegant, without glitter or affected 
 embellishments. Several small, round tents were 
 pitched in front, and one, of an oblong form, im- 
 mediately behind. The latter was intended for 
 the emperor, in case he should choose to retire 
 to it from his throne. It had a sofa or bed at 
 
204 THE ExNGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 one extremity. The remainder was adorned with 
 a variety of muskets and sabres, European and 
 Asiatic. ' Of the small tents in front, one was 
 for the use of the embassy, while it was in wait- 
 ing for the arrival of the emperor. Some of the 
 others were destined, in the same manner, for the 
 several tributary princes of Tartary, and delegates 
 from other tributary states, who were assembled 
 in Zhe-hol on the occasion of the emperor's 
 birth-day, and who attended, on this day, to grace 
 the reception of the English ambassador. Some 
 tents, also, were intended for the male branches 
 of the emperor's family, and the principal officers 
 of state. In the great tent, his imperial majesty 
 was to receive, seated on his throne, as a partic- 
 ular distinction, the delegate from the king of 
 Great Britain. 
 
 *' It was not merely for the convenience of a 
 great space, to contain the concourse of persons 
 meeting on this occasion, that a tent was prefer- 
 red to a large apartment in the palace. The 
 Tartar dynasty, in conforming, in most instances, 
 to the customs of a much more numerous and 
 more civilized, though vanquished nation, retained 
 still a predilection for its own ancient manners, 
 in which, occasionally, and upon Tartar ground, 
 it took a pleasure in indulging. The movable 
 dwelling of a tent was, more than a permanent 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 205 
 
 palace of stone and timber, the favorite residence 
 of a Tartar sovereign. 
 
 " The tributary princes, those of the imperial 
 family, and the great mandarins of the court, 
 formed together no inconsiderable group, while 
 they were in waiting, in front of the great tent. 
 Each was decorated with distinctive marks of the 
 rank bestowed upon him by the emperor. 
 
 " Several of the courtiers were partly dressed 
 in English cloth, instead of silk or furs, in which 
 only it had hitherto been allowed to appear before 
 his imperial majesty. 
 
 ** Those personages had each, in his own dis- 
 trict, a circle of courtiers dependent on him, and 
 was abundantly impressed with ideas of his own 
 importance ; but all were, in this place, con- 
 founded in the crowd, and their grandeur lost in 
 the contemplation of that of his imperial majesty. 
 It was the etiquette of respect towards him to be 
 in waiting for him a considerable time. Some 
 remained part of the night in the garden for this 
 purpose. The emperor was, indeed, expected not 
 long after the dawn of day. This hour of meet- 
 ing, so different from that of nations which had 
 passed through the various stages of civilization, 
 to the period of indolence and luxury, brought 
 back to recollection the usual hunting occupa- 
 tions of this people, whose daily chase began as 
 18 
 
206 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 soon as the rising sun enabled them to perceive 
 and pursue their prey. 
 
 ** Before the emperor's arrival, the ambassador's 
 small tent was filled with a succession of persons, 
 whom curiosity excited, or civility induced, to visit 
 him. Among them were a brother of the emperor, 
 a plain, unaffected man, somewhat above the mid- 
 dle size, and past the middle age ; two of the 
 emperor's sons, and as many grandsons ; the 
 former well-looking men, courteous and inquisi- 
 tive ; the latter, young, tall, and remarkably hand- 
 some. Among the tributaries was one who lived 
 in the neighborhood of the Caspian Sea, and 
 spoke the Arabic language. Knowing, probably, 
 somewhat more of Europe than the rest, he seemed 
 * to take a greater interest in what related to the 
 embassy ; but the ambassador's avowed and par- 
 ticular friend was the respectable viceroy of Pe- 
 che-lee, who testified such pleasure in renewing 
 his acquaintance with him, and spoke of him in 
 terms of so much esteem to the surrounding circle, 
 that the persons who composed it became strong- 
 ly prepossessed in his excellency's favor. The 
 whole embassy seemed to feel more confidence in 
 this viceroy's presence, 
 
 *' Soon after daylight, the sound of several in- 
 struments, and the confused voices of men at a 
 distance, announced the emperor's approach. He 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 207 
 
 soon appeared from behind a high and perpen 
 dicular mountain, skirted with trees, as if from a 
 sacred grove, preceded by a number of persons, 
 busied in proclaiming aloud his virtues and his 
 power. He was seated in a sort of open chair, 
 or triumphal car, borne by sixteen men, and was 
 accompanied and followed by guards, officers of 
 the household, high flag and umbrella bearers, 
 and music. He was clad in plain, dark silk, with 
 a velvet bonnet, in form not much different from 
 the bonnet of Scotch Highlanders : on the front 
 of it was placed a large pearl, which was the 
 only jewel or ornament he appeared to have 
 about him. 
 
 "On his entrance into the tent, he mounted 
 immediately the throne, by the front steps, con- 
 secrated to his use alone. Ho-choong-taung, and 
 two of the principal persons of his household, 
 were close to him, and always spoke to him upon 
 their knees. The princes of his family, the 
 tributaries and great officers of state, being already 
 arranged in their respective places in the tent, 
 the president of the tribunal of rites conducted 
 the ambassador, who was attended by his page 
 and Chinese interpreter, and accompanied by the 
 minister plenipotentiary, near to the foot of the 
 throne, on the left hand side, which, according to 
 the usages of China, — so often the reverse of thoae 
 
208 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 of Europe, — is accounted the place of honor. The 
 other gentlemen of the embassy, together with a 
 great number of mandarins and officers of inferior 
 dignity, stood at the great opening of the tent, 
 from whence most of the ceremonies that passed 
 within it could be observed. 
 
 " His excellency was habited in a richly em- 
 broidered suit of velvet, adorned with a diamond 
 badge and star of the order of the Bath. Over 
 the suit he wore a long mantle of the same order, 
 sufficiently ample to cover the limbs of the wearer. 
 An attention to Chinese ideas and manners ren- 
 dered the choice in dress of some importance, 
 and accounts for this mention of it. The par- 
 ticular regard, in every instance, paid by that 
 nation to exterior appearances, affects even the 
 system of their apparel, which is calculated to 
 inspire gravity and reserve. For this purpose, 
 they use forms the most distant from those which 
 discover the naked figure. 
 
 " The broad mantle, which, as a knight of the 
 order of the Bath, the ambassador was entitled to 
 wear, was somewhat upon the plan of the dress 
 most pleasing to the Chinese. Upon the same 
 principles, the minister plenipotentiary, being an 
 honorary doctor of laws of the university of 
 Oxford, wore the scarlet gown of that degree, 
 which happened also to be suitable in a govern- 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 209 
 
 ment where degrees in learning lead to every 
 kind of political situation. The ambassador, in- 
 structed by the president of the tribunal of rites, 
 held the large and magnificent square box of gold, 
 adorned with jewels, in which was enclosed his 
 majesty's letter to the emperor, between both 
 hands lifted above his head, and, in that manner, 
 ascending the few steps that led to the throne, 
 and bending on one knee, presented the box, 
 with a short address to his imperial majesty, who, 
 graciously receiving the same with his own hands, 
 placed it by his side, and expressed the satisfac- 
 tion he felt at the testimony which his Britannic 
 majesty gave to him of his esteem and good-will, 
 in sending him an embassy, with a letter and rare 
 presents ; that he, on his part, entertained senti- 
 ments of the same kind towards the sovereign 
 of Great Britain, and hoped that harmony should 
 always be maintained among their respective 
 subjects. 
 
 " This mode of reception of the representative 
 of the king of Great Britain was considered, by 
 the Chinese court, as particularly honorable and 
 distinguished ; ambassadors being seldom received 
 by the emperor on his throne, or their credentials 
 delivered by them into his own hands, but gener- 
 ally into that of some of his courtiers. 
 
 *' During the ceremonies, his imperial majesty 
 18* 
 
210 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 appeared perfectly unreserved, cheerful, and unaf- 
 fected. Far from being of a dark and gloomy 
 aspect, as he has been sometimes represented, 
 his eyes were full and clear, and his countenance 
 open. Such, at least, it appeared during the 
 whole time of his interview with the ambassador, 
 which was lengthened by the necessity of inter- 
 preting whatever v/as said by either party ; which 
 rendered the communication extremely tedious. 
 
 " His imperial majesty, adverting to the incon 
 venience arising from such a circumstance, in- 
 quired from Ho-choong-taung whether any person 
 of the embassy understood the Chinese language; 
 and, being informed that the ambassador's page — 
 a boy then in his thirteenth year — had alone made 
 some proficiency in it, the emperor had the curi- 
 osity to have the youth brought up to the throne, 
 and desired him to speak Chinese. Either what 
 he said, or his modest countenance, or manner, 
 was so pleasing to his imperial majesty, that he 
 took from his girdle a purse, hanging from it, 
 for holding areca nuts, and presented it to him. 
 
 ** Purses are the ribands of the Chinese monarch, 
 which he distributes as rewards of merit among 
 his subjects ; but his own purse was deemed a 
 mark of personal favor, according to the ideas 
 of Eastern nations, among whom any thing worn 
 by the person of the sovereign is prized beyond 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 211 
 
 all other gifts. It procured for the young favorite 
 the notice and caresses of many of the mandarins, 
 while others, perhaps, envied his good fortune. 
 This imperial purse is not at all magnificent, be- 
 ing of yellow silk, with blue embroidery, and some 
 Tartar characters worked into it. 
 
 *' The English ambassador, and the three per- 
 sons who accompanied him, were then conducted 
 to cushions, on which they sat, to the left of his 
 imperial majesty. The princes of the imperial 
 family, the chief Tartar tributaries, and highest 
 mandarins of the court, were seated, according to 
 their rank, nearer to or farther from the throne 
 His excellency was placed about midway between 
 it and the opposite extremity of the tent. A 
 table was laid for every two guests. As soon 
 as all were seated, the tables were uncovered, 
 and exhibited a sumptuous banquet. The tables 
 were small ; but on each was a pyramid of dishes 
 or bowls, piled upon each other, containing viands 
 and fruits in vast variety. A table was placed 
 likewise for his imperial majesty before the throne; 
 and he seemed to partake heartily of the fare 
 that was set before him. Tea was also served. 
 The dishes and cups were carried to him with 
 hands uplifted over the head, in the same man- 
 ner as the gold box had been borne by the 
 ambassador. 
 
212 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 " An attentive consideration of those ceremo- 
 nies which have thus the appearance of being 
 meant only to mark the prodigious distance be- 
 tween the sovereign and his subjects in a mon- 
 archy ahogether absolute, has sometimes led to a 
 conjecture, that they were not originally devised, 
 nor have since continued to be exacted, for the 
 sole purpose of gratification. It is obvious, that, 
 during the performance of them, they effect a 
 physical, as well as imply a moral, inequality be- 
 tween the party requiring and him who pays such 
 homage. The former — the superior in respect to 
 all open force — may yet be conscious of being lia- 
 ble to private treachery ; and the suspicious mind, 
 which frequently accompanies unbounded power, 
 may have suggested such precautions against the 
 latent and desperate designs of individuals admit- 
 ted to approach the person who possesses it. The 
 prostrations, the kneeling, both hands engaged and 
 uplifted above the head, certainly render attacks 
 less practicable from people in those postures. 
 
 "A circumstance not less remarkable than 
 those ceremonies was the solemnity and silence, 
 approaching to religious awe, with which the 
 whole business was conducted. No conversation 
 was held among the guests ; no bustle was per- 
 ceptible among the attendants. The command- 
 ing feature of the scene was the calm dignity and 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 213 
 
 sober pomp of Asiatic grandeur, which European 
 refinements have not yet attained. 
 
 " Throughout the day, the emperor's attention 
 to his European guests did not abate. During 
 the repast, he sent them several dishes from his 
 own table ; and, when it was over, he sent for 
 them, and presented, with his own hands, to them, 
 a goblet of warm Chinese wine, not unlike Ma- 
 deira of an inferior quality. He asked the am- 
 bassador the age of his own sovereign ; of which 
 being informed, he immediately replied that he 
 heartily wished him to equal himself in years, — 
 which, with him, had already amounted to eighty- 
 three, — and with as perfect health. He had 
 governed the empire fifty-seven years ; and yet 
 he scarcely appeared to be as old as fifty-seven. 
 
 ** When the festival was entirely over, and he 
 descended from his throne, he marched firm and 
 erect, and without the least symptom of infirmity, 
 to the open chair that was waiting for him." 
 
 The emperor's birth-day was celebrated a few 
 days after this ; and the time which intervened 
 was spent in various festivities. Excursions over 
 the extensive * and richly-cultivated pleasure- 
 grounds, imposing processions, fire-works, theat- 
 rical exhibitions, and sports and amusements of 
 every kind, filled each succeeding day. But 
 amid all this gay festivity, the great business of 
 
214 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 the embassy went forward but slowly. The great 
 personage to whom they were sent, could be but 
 seldom seen. His age and alleged infirmities, 
 the cares of state, the pressure of business, occa- 
 sioned by the multitude of embassies from various 
 nations, which were present at this time, were 
 the reasons assigned, on his part, for committing 
 his distinguished guests to the care chiefly of his 
 high officers of state. These officers treated 
 ,them with the greatest attention, and with the 
 most perfect propriety. Excursions were planned 
 for them, expensive exhibitions and amusements 
 prepared, and presents were continually sent to 
 them. Their intercourse was, however, confined, 
 almost exclusively, to these scenes of pomp and 
 parade, in which all confidential communication 
 was embarrassed by publicity, and all freedom 
 was restrained by the laws of a most rigid eti- 
 quette. Some occasions, however, occurred, on 
 which the ambassador endeavored to open a com- 
 munication with influential officers which might 
 be favorable to his objects ; but he always failed. 
 The door was, invariably, with the utmost polite- 
 ness, but, at the same time, with evident decision, 
 closed against him. 
 
 It may be interesting to the reader, before we 
 return with the embassy to Pekin, to give an 
 account of a ride which the whole party took one 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 215 
 
 day through the emperor's gardens, — which term 
 was applied to his grounds, though, as they were 
 several miles in extent, and contained every variety 
 of hill and dale, and lake and stream, and wild 
 forest, and cultivated glade, the term garden con- 
 veys to the American reader but an imperfect 
 idea. We will give the narrative in the words of 
 one of the party. 
 
 ** The emperor, having been informed that, in 
 the course of our travels in China, we had shown 
 a strong desire of seeing every thing curious and 
 interesting, was pleased to give directions to the 
 first minister, to show us his park or garden at 
 Gehol. It is called, in Chinese, Vanslioo-yuen^ 
 or ' Paradise of ten thousand trees.' In order to 
 have this gratification (which is considered as an 
 instance of uncommon favor), we rose, this morn- 
 ing, at three o'clock, and went to the palace, 
 where we waited, in company with all the great 
 officers of state, for three hours (such is the 
 etiquette of the place), till the emperor's appear- 
 ance. At last he came forth, borne in the usual 
 manner, by sixteen persons, on a high, open palan- 
 quin, attended by guards, music, standards, and 
 umbrellas, without number ; and observing us, as 
 we stood in the front line, he graciously beckoned 
 us to approach. Having ordered his people to 
 stop, he entered into conversation with us ; and. 
 
216 THE ENGLISH EMBASST. 
 
 with great affability of manner, told us that he 
 was on his way to the pagoda, where he usu- 
 ally paid his morning devotions ; that, as we 
 professed a different religion from his, he would 
 not ask us to accompany him, but that he had 
 ordered his first minister and chief *bolaos' to 
 conduct us through his garden, and to show us 
 whatever we were desirous of seeing there. 
 
 •* Having expressed my sense of this mark of 
 his condescension in the proper manner, and my 
 increasing admiration of every thing I had yet 
 observed at Gehol, I retired, and, whilst he pro- 
 ceeded to his adorations at the pagoda, 1 accom- 
 panied the ministers, and other great officers of 
 the court, to a pavilion prepared for us, from 
 whence, after a short collation, we set out on 
 horseback to view this wonderful garden. We 
 rode about three miles, through a very beautiful 
 park, kept in the highest order, and much re- 
 sembling some of the fine scenery in England ; 
 the grounds gently undulated, and chequered with 
 various groups of well-contrasted trees in the 
 distance. As we moved onward, an extensive 
 lake appeared before us, the extremities of which 
 seemed to lose themselves in distance and ob- 
 scurity. Here was a large and magnificent yacht 
 ready to receive us, and a number of smaller ones 
 for the attendants, elegantly fitted up, and adorned 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 217 
 
 with numberless vanes, pendants and streamers. 
 The shores of the lake have all the varieties of 
 shape which the fancy of a painter can delineate, 
 and are so indented with bays, or broken with 
 projections, that almost every stroke of the oar 
 brought a new and unexpected object to our 
 view.* Nor are islands wanting ; but they are 
 situated only where they should be, each in its 
 proper place, and having its proper character ; 
 one marked by a pagoda, or other building ; one 
 quite destitute of ornament ; some smooth and 
 level ; some steep and uneven ; and others frown- 
 ing with wood, or smiling with culture. Where 
 any things particularly interesting were to be 
 seen, we disembarked, from time to time, to visit 
 them ; and I dare say that, in the course of our 
 voyage, we stopped at forty or fifty palaces or 
 pavilions. These are all furnished in the richest 
 manner, with pictures of the emperor's huntings 
 and progresses, with stupendous vases of jasper 
 and agate, with the finest porcelain and Japan, 
 and with every kind of European toys and sing- 
 songs ; with spheres, orreries, clocks, and musical 
 automata of such exquisite workmanship, and 
 in such profusion, that our presents must shrink 
 from the comparison, and ' hide their diminished 
 
 * See Frontispiece. 
 19 
 
218 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 heads ; ' and yet I am told, that the same things 
 we have seen are far exceeded by others of the 
 same kind in the apartments of the ladies, and 
 in the European repository at Yuen-min-yuen. 
 In every one of the pavilions was a throne, rich- 
 . ly ornamented, and an Eu-joUy or symbol of peace 
 and prosperity, placed at one side of it, resembling 
 that which the emperor delivered me yesterday, 
 for the king. 
 
 " It would be an endless task, were I to attempt 
 a detail of all the wonders of this charming place. 
 There is no beauty of distribution, no feature of 
 amenity, no reach of fancy, which embellishes 
 our pleasure-grounds in England, that is not to 
 be found here. Had China been accessible to 
 Mr. Browne or Mr. Hamilton, I should have 
 sworn ihey had drawn their happiest ideas from 
 the rich sources which I have tasted this day ; 
 for, in the course of a few hours, I have enjoyed 
 such vicissitudes of rural delight as I did not 
 conceive could be felt out of England, being at 
 different moments enchanted by scenes perfectly 
 similar to those I had known there, uniting the 
 magnificence of Stowe with the softer beauties 
 of Wooburn, and the fairy land of Paine's Hill. 
 
 " One thing I was particularly struck with ; 
 I mean the happy choice of situations for orna- 
 mental buildings. From attention to this circum- 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 219 
 
 stance, they have not the air of being crowded 
 and disproportioned ; they never intrude upon 
 the eye, but, wherever they appear, always show 
 themselves to advantage, and aid to improve and 
 enliven the prospect. 
 
 " In many places, the lake is overspread with 
 the nenuphar or lotus (nelumbium), resembling 
 our broad-leaved water-lily. This is an accompa- 
 niment which, though the Chinese are passionately 
 fond of cultivating it in all their pieces of water, 
 I confess I do not much admire. Artificial rocks 
 and ponds, with gold and silver fish, are, perhaps, 
 too often introduced ; and the monstrous porcelain 
 figures of lions and tigers, usually placed before 
 the pavilions, are displeasing to an European eye. 
 But these are trifles of no great moment ; and 
 I am astonished that now, after six hours' critical 
 survey of these gardens, I can scarcely recollect 
 any thing besides to find fault with. 
 
 ** At our taking leave of the minister, he told 
 us that we had only seen the eastern side of the 
 gardens, but that the western side, which was 
 the largest part, still remained for him to show 
 us, and that he should have that pleasure anoth- 
 er day. 
 
 *' Accordingly, on the day of the emperor's 
 anniversary festival, after the ceremony was ended, 
 the first or great colao, and the great men who 
 
220 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 attended us two days since, in our visit to the 
 eastern garden, now proposed to accompany us 
 to the western, which forms a strong contrast 
 with the other, and exhibits all the sublimer 
 beauties of nature in as high a degree as the 
 part we saw before possesses the attractions of 
 softness and amenity. It is one of the finest 
 forest scenes in the world — wild, woody, moun- 
 tainous and rocky, abounding with stags and deer 
 of different species, and most of the other beasts 
 of the chase, not dangerous to man. 
 
 " In many places, immense woods, chiefly oaks, 
 pines and chestnuts, grow upon almost perpendic- 
 ular steeps, and force their sturdy roots through 
 every resistance of surface and of soil, where 
 vegetation would seem almost impossible. These 
 woods often clamber over the loftiest pinnacles 
 of the stony hills, or, gathering on the skirts of 
 them, descend with a rapid sweep, and bury them- 
 selves in the deepest valleys. There, at proper 
 distances, you find palaces, banqueting-houses, 
 and monasteries, adapted to the situation and 
 peculiar circumstances of the place, — sometimes 
 with a rivulet on one hand, gently stealing through 
 the glade ; at others with a cataract tumbling 
 from above, raging with foam, and rebounding, 
 with a thousand echoes from below, or silently 
 ingulfed in a gloomy pool or yawning chasm. 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 221 
 
 " The roads by which we approached these 
 romantic scenes, are often hewn out of the living 
 rock, and conducted round the hills, in a kind 
 of rugged stair-case ; and yet no accident occurred 
 in our progress, nor a false step disturbed the 
 regularity of our cavalcade, though the horses 
 are spirited, and all of them unshod. From the 
 great irregularity of the ground, and the various 
 heights to which we ascended, we had opportuni- 
 ties of catching many magnificent points of view, 
 by detached glances; but, after wandering for 
 several hours, and yet never wearied with wan- 
 dering, we at last reached a covered pavilion, 
 open on all sides, and situated on a summit so 
 elevated, as perfectly to command the whole sur- 
 rounding country, to a vast extent. The radius 
 of the horizon I should suppose to be, at least, 
 twenty miles from the central spot where we 
 stood ; and certainly so rich, so various, so beauti- 
 ful, so sublime a prospect, my eyes had never be- 
 held. I saw every thing before me as on an illu- 
 minated map — palaces, pagodas, towns, villages, 
 farm-houses, plains, and valleys, watered by innu- 
 merable streams, hills waving with woods, and 
 meadows covered with cattle of the most beautiful 
 marks and colors. All seemed to be nearly at 
 my feet, and that a step would convey me within 
 reach of them." 
 19* 
 
222 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 Such is the travellers' account. In the midst 
 of these scenes, some days were spent; but 
 at last, the festivities were closed ; the various 
 embassies began to make preparations to return 
 to their respective homes, and the English party, 
 together with other deputations, whose route lay 
 in the same direction, commenced their return 
 to Pekin. During the day, they travelled rapidly, 
 and at night they stopped at the various imperial 
 palaces, which were scattered along the road. 
 They saw, every where, the indications of the 
 exalted rank which the emperor, and all which 
 pertained to him, held in the estimation of the 
 people, and the artful plans contrived to keep up 
 this feeling.* The emperor himself did not ac- 
 company the ambassador on his return, but fol- 
 lowed him after a short interval. 
 
 It will be recollected that a part of the ambas- 
 sador's train had been left at Yuen-min-yuen, 
 
 * The road was double, one broad track being for the 
 emperor ; and anotlier, running parallel with it, was for the 
 people. One of the ambassador's attendants died at one 
 of the palaces where they stopped for the night. Chinese 
 etiquette, however, does not allow of the idea of death 
 taking place in a palace of the emperor's. The body was 
 put into a palanquin the next day, as if still living, and 
 carried as a sick man. After going on some miles, it was 
 announced that he was dead ! 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 223 
 
 and at Pekin, to superintend the unpacking and 
 arranging of the presents, where the emperor was 
 to see them ; and it had been the plan of the 
 English government to make, by their presents, 
 and by the imposing character of the embassy, a 
 favorable impression upon the Chinese, and to 
 protract their stay, in hopes of gradually gaining 
 upon the acquaintance and good will of the gov- 
 ernment, so as to obtain, by degrees, what they 
 could not expect to accomplish very suddenly. 
 This was now his excellency's only hope, since 
 all his plans for direct negotiation had wholly 
 failed. As he was returning to Pekin, however, 
 it was very plain that the great mandarins who 
 accompanied him, distinctly understood that the 
 time of his stay in the country was drawing 
 towards a close, — in short, that all which re- 
 mained was to wait a few days for the arrival 
 of the emperor, that he might formally receive 
 the presents and deliver them his answer to the 
 English king, and then to set out on their return. 
 The ambassador did all he could to establish a 
 different understanding ; and there was a little 
 discussion sometimes on the subject. The vizier, 
 however, with a dexterity characteristic of his 
 nation, contrived to insist positively upon their 
 immediate return, without the least breach of 
 politeness. He considered their wish to remain 
 
224 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 as a personal inconvenience to them, which they 
 were willing to submit to out of respect to the 
 emperor, or from some similar motive ; and he 
 assured them that the inconveniences which he 
 foresaw they would meet with, on account of the 
 approaching Avinter, and the lowness of the 
 streams, and the other obstructions to travelling 
 peculiar to that season, were so great that he must 
 positively insist upon their not protracting their 
 stay. 
 
 There was another circumstance which opera- 
 ted not a little in compelling the ambassador to 
 shorten his stay. The whole expense of the 
 embassy, which, on account of the number of per- 
 sons connected with it, and the splendid reception 
 given to it by the Chinese, was very considerable, 
 was borne wholly by the emperor* He always 
 considered all foreign ambassadors as his guests, 
 and would not allow them to incur the slightest 
 expense of any kind while in the country. It 
 was suspected that one motive for this was to 
 enable the government to cut off all communica- 
 tion between their foreign visitors and the Chinese 
 people. The English would have been very glad 
 to have had some intercourse of this kind ; but, 
 though the English themselves were ostensibly 
 left at liberty in this respect, the Chinese were 
 forbidden to have any communication with them. 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 225 
 
 If the English attempted to buy any thing pri^ 
 vately of the natives, the police would discover 
 the transaction, punish the seller, return the 
 money to the ambassador, saying they could not 
 permit any of their people to take money of their 
 guests, and that, if they would at any time make 
 known to the proper authorities what they might 
 want, they should immediately be supplied. A 
 scheme more admirably adapted to cut off all 
 possible intercourse, and to shorten the stay of 
 their guests, while at the same time it was per- 
 fectly consistent with all the forms of politeness, 
 could scarcely be conceived. 
 
 On account of these and other considerations, 
 Lord Macartney and his suite entered Pekin 
 on their return, with the expectation of bringing 
 their visit to a speedy close. As they preceded 
 the emperor on the return to Pekin, it would be 
 necessary for them to wait until his arrival ; and 
 it was only a short time after their own return, 
 that the approach of the emperor was announced, 
 '^ with an intimation to his excellency, that it 
 would be expected, as the usual etiquette, that he 
 should go some miles upon the road to meet his 
 imperial majesty. The ambassador was at this 
 time considerably indisposed with the rheumatism, 
 which, indeed, had frequently tormented him since 
 his arrival in China. The mandarins, who per- 
 
226 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 ceived how much his excellency suffered at the 
 time, and how little qualified he was to make any 
 unusual exertion, proposed to him, in order to 
 divide the fatigue of the journey, to set out the 
 evening previous to the emperor's expected arri- 
 val, and to sleep that night in his old villa near 
 Yuen-min-yuen, from whence he would have but 
 a little way to go next morning. This plan 
 rendered it practicable for the ambassador to pay 
 the intended compliment. He accordingly, with 
 his whole suite, of English and Chinese, slept 
 at the villa the following night. The next morn- 
 ing, all were in motion before the rising of the 
 sun. The two roads were both illuminated with 
 variegated lanterns, each suspended by the junc- 
 tion of three poles fixed triangularly into the 
 ground. The party arrived, within two hours, at 
 the place of general rendezvous. They were con- 
 ducted into a spacious saloon, where refreshments 
 were provided ; after partaking of which they 
 proceeded to the spot where the emperor was to 
 pass. Their station was upon a green bank to the 
 left of the road. On each side of them were a 
 multitude of mandarins, guards, and standard- 
 bearers : many of the latter had their standards 
 furled and laid across the emperor's road, while 
 waiting for his approach, as if to prevent any 
 others from attempting to pass upon it. The way 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 227 
 
 was lined with troops for several miles, as far as 
 the eye could reach. Close to the road, a tent 
 was prepared for the ambassador, on account of 
 his indisposition, that he might feel no incon- 
 venience while waiting for his imperial majesty. 
 Various squadrons of horse, with bowmen with 
 their bows and quivers, preceded the emperor's 
 approach. Soon afterwards a palanquin, or sedan 
 chair, appeared, covered with a bright yellow 
 cloth, and adorned with windows of plate glass. 
 It was carried by eight bearers, while eight 
 others walked close to them, in readiness to re- 
 lieve the former. The chair was attended by a 
 troop of horse in yellow uniforms, also by pike- 
 men, standard and shield bearers. In it was the 
 emperor. As soon as he perceived the ambas- 
 sador, he slopped to deliver a gracious message 
 of civility to his excellency ; adding, that he 
 desired him to retire without delay from the cold 
 and damp of the morning, so unfavorable to the 
 complaint with which he heard of his being af- 
 fected. 
 
 ** Behind the chair followed a two-wheeled, 
 clumsy carriage, without springs, not differing in 
 canstruction from the common vehicles of the 
 country, but covered with yellow cloth, and empty, 
 as if intended to be used occasionally by the 
 emperor. This carriage was immediately followed 
 
228 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 by a chair containing the great colao, or prime 
 minister, vizier Ho-choong-taung. While his 
 imperial majesty was engaged in sending his mes- 
 sage across to the ambassador, several mandarins 
 threw themselves upon their knees to pay their 
 obeisance to the prime minister. It was remarked 
 that no other minister, nor any one of the em- 
 peror's family, was in his immediate train, or 
 even within sight. The distinction was no doubt 
 the greater for him who was ; or, perhaps, some 
 circumstance of convenience then required, or 
 accident occasioned, this separation of his impe- 
 rial majesty from his other courtiers. The am- 
 bassador returned without delay to Pekin ; while 
 the emperor pursued his route to Yuen-min- 
 yuen." 
 
 Nothing now remained but for the emperor 
 to receive his presents, and deliver to the ambas- 
 sador his answer to the letter of the English 
 king. He seemed much interested in the articles 
 brought out for him, when he came to view them, 
 though, from the account of the immense number 
 of wonderful and costly works of art with which 
 his palaces were filled, both at Gehol and Pekin, 
 they could not have been any great addition to 
 his treasures. He, however, appeared to take 
 a considerable interest in examining them, and 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 229 
 
 asked some questions in respect to some which 
 were new to him ; but the tedious and difficult 
 mode of communication through interpreters pre- 
 vented much conversation. 
 
 Early one morning, soon after this, the officer 
 who had charge of the embassy, waited on his 
 excellency to acquaint him that the colao wished 
 to see him at the great hall of audience in the 
 palace of Pekin as soon as he could get ready. 
 This summons was of course obeyed : the ambas- 
 sador set out in a short time, properly attended, 
 and passed in a ceremonious procession through 
 the streets of Pekin, until he came to the great 
 gate leading to the palace, which attracted so 
 much of our travellers' interest on their first 
 entrance into the city. "The palace," says one 
 of the narrators, ** is encompassed by a high 
 wall, within which the ambassador was conducted 
 through spacious courts, along canals filled with 
 water, and over bridges of granite, with balus- 
 trades of marble, to the foot of the hall, where 
 he found the emperor's answer to the king of 
 England, contained in a large roll covered with 
 yellow silk, and placed in a chair of state, hung 
 with curtains of the same color. It was after- 
 wards carried in form up the middle of three 
 flights of stairs, while the colao and others, who 
 had hitherto stood by it, and the ambassador and 
 20 
 
230 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 his suite, went up the side steps to the hall. This 
 edifice was a splendid structure, surrounded by 
 manyothers, itself of great size and magnificence, 
 built of wood on a foundation of granite, and 
 decorated, withinside and without, with gilding, 
 and in the happiest disposition of the most pleas- 
 ing and vivid colors. The answer was placed in 
 the midst of the hall, from which it was after- 
 wards to be sent to his excellency's hotel. It 
 arrived the same evening. It was brought in state, 
 and at the same time were sent several chests 
 of presents from the emperor to his majesty, con- 
 taining specimens, no doubt, of the best kind, 
 of the different articles of the produce and manu- 
 factures of the empire. Other presents came 
 also for the ambassador and all the persons of his 
 suite ; and the attention of his imperial majesty, 
 in giving some small token of his beneficence to 
 the meanest servant who was present, was ex- 
 tended, likewise, to persons then absent, in the 
 instance of all the common men as well as officers 
 of the ships which had brought the embassy to 
 China." The arrival of these presents was, 
 according to Chinese etiquette, the emperor's 
 farewell. 
 
 The time for their departure had evidently 
 now arrived ; and the whole party embarked on 
 board the barges provided for them, and sailed 
 
THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 231 
 
 down the river to Tong-choc-foo. Their ships 
 had sailed round to Canton ; and they passed by 
 land, or by internal navigation, through the whole 
 extent of the country, until they reached that 
 city. Their route led them through scenery of 
 the most varied and delightful character ; and 
 they were every where struck with admiration 
 at the magnitude of the public works, the rich- 
 ness of the soil, the high cultivation, and the 
 number and populousness of the cities and towns. 
 On their arrival at Canton, they set sail, and, at 
 length, safely landed in England,* and delivered 
 the answer to the king. The substance of it was 
 found to be, that the proposals of the ambassador 
 went to change the whole system of European 
 commerce, so long established at Canton, which 
 could not be allowed ; and that the emperor's con- 
 sent could by no means be given that the English 
 should resort to any other ports, nor could he 
 allow of an English resident at Pekin : neither 
 could he consent to any other place of residence 
 for Europeans, near Canton, but Macao. In 
 
 * The whole expense of the embassy to the Chinese 
 government, was, as estimated by Barrow, from data fur- 
 nished by the Chinese officers, not far from eight hundred 
 thousand dollars! They insisted, as has been already 
 remarked, on paying all the expenses incurred within 
 the Chinnse territories. 
 
233 THE ENGLISH EMBASSY. 
 
 conclusion, he says, " As the requests made by 
 your ambassador militate against the laws and 
 usages of this our empire, and are, at the same 
 time, wholly useless to the end proposed, I cannot 
 acquiesce in them. I again admonish you, O 
 king, to act conformably to my intentions, that 
 we may preserve peace and amity on each side, 
 and thereby contribute to our reciprocal happiness. 
 After this, my solemn warning, should your ma- 
 jesty, in pursuance of your ambassador's demands, 
 fit out ships in order to attempt to trade either at 
 Ning Po, Tchoo San, Tien Sing, or other places, 
 as our laws are exceedingly severe, in such case, 
 I shall be under the necessity of directing my man- 
 darins to force your ships to quit these ports : thus 
 the increased trouble and exertions of your mer- 
 chants would at once be frustrated. You will not, 
 then, however, be able to complain that I had not 
 clearly forewarned you. Let us therefore live in 
 peace and friendship, and do not make light of 
 my words. For this reason I have so repeatedly 
 and earnestly written to you on this subject." 
 
 Thus terminated the embassy. It has been 
 justly observed, that the ambassador " was re- 
 ceived with the utmost politeness, treated with 
 the utmost hospitality, watched with the utmost 
 vigilance, answered with the utmost firmness, and 
 dismissed with the utmost civility." 
 
CHAPTER VI. 
 
 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 As we intend this work to be complete in it- 
 self, we shall not attempt to bring down to the 
 present moment a history of the efforts which 
 English and American Christians have made to 
 introduce the true religion to the Chinese empire. 
 It has been a prominent object, in the preparation 
 of this work, to communicate such information, 
 in respect to the character and history of this 
 singular people, as should tend to interest its 
 various readers in the efforts now in progress 
 for sending the gospel to them, though the fact 
 that these efforts have only been commenced^ pre- 
 vents our attempting an account of them gener- 
 ally. There is one part of the work, however, 
 which is distinct in itself, and which has been 
 brought already to a successful termination : we 
 mean, the translation of the Bible into the Chinese 
 language, and its introduction to the empire : an 
 account of this transaction is therefore ready to 
 be placed upon record. To this subject we call 
 
 20* 
 
234 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 the reader's attention in the few pages of this 
 volume which now remain. 
 
 It is now nearly thirty years since a society in 
 London conceived the design of sending out 
 Christian scholars to Canton, to learn the Chinese 
 language there, and to make a translation of the 
 Scriptures into it. They selected Mr. Morrison, 
 then a young theological student. His most in- 
 timate friend and associate says that his talents 
 were rather of a solid than of a showy kind, 
 rather adapted to accomplish im(X)rtant objects 
 by a course of persevering labor, than to astonish 
 by any sudden bursts of genius. The directors 
 of the society wished to have sent out with him 
 some associates at first ; but they could not make* 
 arrangements to do this, and the young Christian 
 adventurer was compelled to go alone. 
 
 We cannot but pause a moment here, to reflect 
 on the great differences between this embassy 
 and the one which we described in the last Chap^ 
 ter — that, grand and imposing in its beginnings, 
 and in all the external circumstances attending 
 it, but comparatively insignificant in its objects, 
 and useless in its results ; this, on the other hand, 
 commenced noiselessly and unostentatiously by a 
 few private individuals, without notice or regard, 
 but sublime in its aims, and grand in its results. 
 
INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 235 
 
 The government of one of the wealthiest nations 
 upon the earth drew largely upon its resources to 
 fit out the ambassador, with presents and attend- 
 ants, and all the insignia of wealth and power ; — 
 the missionary simply stored his mind with the 
 knowledge he might want to use, and esteemed, 
 as the greatest treasure he could carry, a Latin- 
 Chinese dictionary, which he borrowed. A fleet 
 bore away Macartney and his suite, in the pres- 
 ence of thousands ; Morrison took his single pas- 
 isa^e in a merchant's ship. But the political 
 enibassy, after being a nine days' wonder to the 
 two distant nations, ended in nothing, and lives 
 now only in story ; while the religious enterprise 
 has gone on widening and deepening in its influ- 
 ence, its interest, and its results, to the present 
 day, and must go on so for ages and ages to 
 come. 
 
 Morrison obtained, before he sailed, two Chinese 
 works, a dictionary and some partial translations 
 of the Scriptures, which had been prepared by 
 Catholic missionaries, who had attempted, some 
 years before, to establish Christianity at Pekin. 
 He also endeavored, as intimated in the last 
 paragraph, to acquire such a knowledge of natural 
 science as might be of use to him among the 
 people, and then, about the middle of the winter 
 of 1807, he set sail. Two other missionaries, 
 
236 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 bound to India, sailed with him in the same ship, 
 which was to go by way of America. The ship 
 touched at Philadelphia, and Mr. Morrison spent 
 about twenty days in the United States. Many 
 persons here became much interested in his plans; 
 and President Madison, then secretary of state, 
 gave him a letter of introduction to the American 
 consul at Canton, requesting him to do what 
 might be in his power to promote the success 
 of his designs. 
 
 Our adventurer at length sailed from Philaoel- 
 phia, and in the following autumn safely arrived 
 off Macao, and made his first landing upon pagan 
 shores, with the mate of the ship, who went on 
 shore in a boat for a pilot. He was soon known 
 to be a Protestant missionary ; and he excited the 
 jealousy of the Portuguese Catholics resident at 
 Macao. He did not, however, remain here long, 
 but went up to Canton, and put himself under 
 the instruction of a native, an ignorant man, but 
 the best teacher he could get, and commenced 
 his toilsome and discouraging task of learning 
 the thirty thousand complicated characters of the 
 Chinese language. 
 
 He lived in what is called a go-down ^ a sort 
 of a cellar, which served him, at once, for study, 
 parlor, and bed-room ; and here, surrounded with 
 foreigners, with whom he could hold very little 
 
INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 237 
 
 intercourse, or with fellow-coiintrymen, who had 
 no sympathies in common with him, he spent the 
 first months of his weary toil. He adopted for 
 some time the Chinese customs. He ate with 
 the person who taught him the language, adopting 
 the Chinese fashion at his meals. His mode of 
 living was in every respect plain and economical. 
 " A lamp made of earthen ware supplied him with 
 light, and a folio volume of Henry's Commentary, 
 which he had brought out with him from England, 
 set up on its edge, protected it from the wind. 
 His nails were allowed to grow, that they might 
 become like those of a Chinese. He had a tail, 
 — a tress of hair, a sort of queue of some length, 
 — and he learned to use the chop-sticks, instead 
 of knife and fork, at dinner, with as much dex- 
 terity as a native. He walked about the Hong 
 with a Chinese frock on, and with thick Chinese 
 shoes." 
 
 After giving this plan a fair trial, Mr. Morrison 
 found he gained nothing by it, and he according- 
 ly gave it up ; he pared his nails, cut off his hair, 
 gave away his Chinese dress, and threw by his 
 chop-sticks. He returned to the garb and to the 
 habits of an Englishman. He hired a building 
 more convenient than his wretched apartment in 
 the go-down. Here he went on with his labors 
 until the occurrence of some difficulty, similar to 
 
238 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 those described in the last Chapter, drove off all 
 foreigners, for a time, to Macao. He repaired 
 thither with the rest, and continued, with patient 
 perseverance, his labors upon the language, keep- 
 ing, all the time, his design of translating the 
 Scriptures a profound secret. 
 
 The Chinese language has been long celebrateil 
 for some characteristics which make it totall/ 
 different from any other language upon earth; 
 and, in order that the reader may the better under- 
 stand the nature of Mr. Morrison's difficulties, 
 we shall turn aside a little to describe it. Its 
 most striking peculiarity is, that the character ii 
 symbolic, and not alphabetical ; that is, each 
 character is the representation of an idea, and 
 not of the sound of the word by which that idea 
 is expressed. The distinction may be easily 
 illustrated. To a well-known substance we give 
 the written name stone. These characters, how- 
 ever, represent the sound of the spoken name ; 
 the first crooked character standing for the hissing 
 sound with which the spoken name commences ; 
 the crossed character, which follows, represents 
 the next sound in the spoken word. In another 
 language, the written name would be lapis, the 
 characters of which it is composed being ar- 
 ranged on the same principle of representing 
 the sounds of the spoken name in that language, 
 
INTRODUCTION OP THE BIBLE. 239 
 
 — the crooked character here coming last, as it 
 did first before, because the hissing sound comes 
 last in the spoken name. A Chinese writer, how- 
 ever, would, for the same object, write 
 
 ;5 
 
 He would call the object by a name which we 
 should represent by sliih ; but there is no corre- 
 spondence between the elements of the sound of 
 that word, and the character as above written, 
 by which he would express the thing. There is 
 a hissing sound in his spoken name, but nothing 
 which stands for the hissing sound in his charac- 
 ter. The character stands in other words for the 
 stone itself, and not for shihj his spoken name 
 for it. 
 
 Now, the point of view in which this subject is 
 mainly interesting, is this ; that these characters, 
 standing not for words, but directly for ideas and 
 objects, are common to many nations whose spoken 
 languages are very different. The possibility of 
 this it seems strange that any reflecting person 
 should doubt. It is not in principle any more 
 singular, than that the comma, period, marks of 
 quotation, the asterisk, &/C., should be understood 
 by the various nations of Europe, while each call 
 them by spoken icords, which the others do not 
 
240 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 understand. And yet it has often been doubted 
 whether it is really the fact that the Chinese 
 character is understood by neighboring nations 
 whose spoken language is different. The slightest 
 reflection will give any intelligent man examples 
 which will remove all doubt of the possibility. 
 The characters V 64i=i(l-{-2) 2—1 contain 
 an assertion, which, thus expressed, is intelligible 
 to every mathematician in Europe, each, how- 
 ever, reading it in his own tongue. A French 
 and an English mathematician, unacquainted with 
 one another's language, could reason together with 
 perfect fluency and freedom, by mathematical 
 symbols on a black board. The reason is, that 
 the signs stand not for words, but for ideas. The 
 character = does not denote strictly the sounds 
 is equal, nor est egal. It denotes the idea of 
 equality, which idea both Frenchman and English- 
 man take from it ; and then each expresses the 
 idea, in sounds, according to his own language. 
 In the same manner, the character 
 
 kx:; 
 
 throughout the whole Chinese empire, stands for 
 the hearty — not for any of the various names for 
 the heart which are found in the various dialects, 
 but for the heart itself; and each of the five 
 
INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 241 
 
 nations which that empire comprises, understand 
 the sign, and call it by the name appropriated to 
 it by their own language. Consequently, a living 
 preacher, who learns only the spoken language 
 at Canton, can speak to but a small part of the 
 millions in the empire ; but one tract written in 
 the Chinese character, and one translation of the 
 Bible, will answer for all ; and this was one great 
 reason why Morrison turned his attention, at 
 first, much more to the written than to the spoken 
 language. 
 
 Notwithstanding the obvious difference be- 
 tween the Chinese character and an alphabetic 
 language, as above explained, it has often been 
 maintained that the characters are really, like 
 those of any other language, signs of words, not 
 things. Now, it is undoubtedly true, that each 
 character has a word corresponding to it ; that is, 
 each idea has a character to represent it on 
 paper, and a word to represent it in sound ; and 
 these being often used together, as in reading, 
 they become strongly associated in the mind, and 
 the one always recalls the other ; just as the 
 character = is almost always read is equal to, but 
 still it does not, strictly speaking, stand for those 
 words, because there is nothing in it in the least 
 degree corresponding to the hissing and liquid 
 sounds which those words contain. It is some- 
 21 
 
242 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 times read equals, and sometimes equal, and are 
 equal to, and in other languages by other sounds 
 still. And the equal has come, in process of time, 
 to be very strongly associated with it, so as seldom 
 or never to give way to any other very different 
 word ; for instance, a mathematician would read 
 the following phrase 2 -J- 2=: 4 thus, two plus 
 two is equal to four, and not two and two are four. 
 It seems to be very much so with the Chinese 
 language. The characters are, strictly speaking, 
 signs of things ; but each one has become so 
 associated with a particular word, that that word 
 is almost invariably used to express it vocally, sa 
 that different readers would read the same passage 
 in the same manner ; and poetry can be written 
 in rhyme, just as a sort of rhyme might be made 
 out of statements of mathematical equations, if 
 the signs were read in the usual manner. 
 
 The number of Chinese characters is variously 
 estimated — from thirty to eighty thousand. The 
 imperial dictionary, compiled under the direction, 
 and at the expense of the government, about i 
 century ago, by the joint labors of nearly one 
 hundred learned men, from numerous dictionaries 
 before existing, makes about 43,000, in all. This 
 number, however, contains about twelve or thir- 
 teen thousand which are obsolete or unmeaning, 
 leaving but about thirty thousand which are to be 
 
INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 243 
 
 considered as actually constituting the language. 
 But even this number, we might suppose, would 
 lead our Chinese student, when commencing his 
 studies, to shrink back from the labors before 
 him in utter despair. 
 
 The difficulty, however, to the student, is much 
 less than would be at first imagined ; for, although 
 there are thirty thousand or more complicated 
 characters, each of which is different from the 
 rest, still they are all composed of the same ele- 
 ments^ differently arranged and combined. These 
 elements are only two hundred and fourteen in 
 number ; and the first, second and third duty, 
 urged incessantly, by every motive, upon every 
 school-boy in his imperial majesty's jdominions, 
 is to make the countenances of these two hundred 
 and fourteen hieroglyphics most perfectly familiar. 
 This once done, the path is afterwards compara- 
 tively easy ; for every new character beyond those 
 presents itself to his eye, not as a shapeless draw- 
 ing of unmeaning intricacy, but only as a new 
 combincition or arrangement of what he has sepa- 
 rately, or in other combinations, been familiar 
 with before. The effect of this in relieving the 
 otherwise impracticable task with which the mem- 
 ory would have to cope, is far greater than would 
 at first be imagined. 
 
 There is something analogous to this in the 
 
244 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 manner in which elementary syllables are used in 
 our language, in forming an immense variety of 
 words by an alteration of the mode in which they 
 are combined. The words o-men, men-tal^ al- 
 i-menty furnish examples of the repeated use of 
 the same elementary syllables to form words of 
 very different significations ; and this use of similar 
 or analogous elementary syllables prevails very 
 extensively in the formation of the words of every 
 language, and very much facilitates the acquisi- 
 tion of the many thousand words which every 
 language contains. Thus, if a child hears a story 
 of a Mr. Smith-ton, who lived in John-ville, both 
 names would be easily remembered, while it would 
 be much more difficult for him to remember, if 
 the man's name was Keang Yang, and his resi- 
 dence Hongchoofoo. Hence arises the difficulty 
 of remembering foreign names. Their elementary 
 syllables are not familiar to us. They are con- 
 structed of different kinds of combinations of 
 letters. 
 
 But to return to the Chinese. If each new 
 character was entirely distinct from the rest, it 
 would, perhaps, require the labor of a life to learn 
 them all. But it is not so. The pupil, when he 
 has learned thoroughly his two hundred and four- 
 teen elements, or kei/s, as they are called in the 
 Chinese dictionaries, may feel that, in one sense. 
 
INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 245 
 
 lie has got through. He has, strictly speaking, 
 no new characters to learn. The elements will 
 be variously combined, but the several features 
 of each new character will be well known and 
 familiar : it is only the manner of their juxtaposi- 
 tion which he has to notice and remember. 
 
 These two hundred and fourteen elements are 
 generally somewhat simple in their forms ; and 
 each has a meaning, which, as would naturally 
 be supposed, is generally some common, sensible 
 object or quality. It is often said, in popular 
 works on China, that these elements were intended 
 originally to be a rude representation of the thing 
 signified ; but, after a careful examination of them 
 all, we cannot see any foundation for such an 
 idea. The numerals, one, two, three, &/C., are 
 represented by one, two and three horizontal 
 marks ; but, with this exception, we do not see 
 that there are any more resemblances between the 
 elementary characters and the objects they repre- 
 sent, than chance will account for. Our fount 
 of Chinese type is not quite extensive enough to 
 allow us to give all these elements ; but the reader 
 can judge on this subject for himself, by examin- 
 ing, for this purpose, the more simple ones, and 
 those which stand for such sensible objects as 
 would have been most likely to have been imitated 
 in shape. 
 
 21* 
 
246 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 The first on the list, as arranged in the native 
 dictionaries, is 
 
 which means straight. Here we see a resem- 
 blance : and 
 
 L 
 
 means crooked. The last character is indeed 
 crooked, but it is not such a character as would 
 probably have been made to denote crookedness. 
 Besides, it means interrupted also, whereas, as a 
 stroke upon the paper, it is perfectly continuous. 
 With these two cases of similarity, however, and 
 perhaps a very slight appropriateness in the 
 characters for oblique and hooked, the resem- 
 blance between the signs and things signified in 
 the whole list seems entirely to end. Take the 
 following, for instance, which are signs for com- 
 mon and well-known sensible objects : — 
 
 A' 7/^ P^ P' ^= 
 
 Among these is the character for mouth. Who 
 could determine from the shape which it is ? 
 Another is the character for mariy another for how^ 
 
INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 247 
 
 and another for box,* To the two following 
 characters who could assign any meaning ? and 
 when told that one means great^ and the other 
 little, who could determine — to use the common 
 phrase — which was which, from any indications to 
 be seen in the forms of the characters 1 
 
 -h ifi 
 
 After knowing the idea attached to a character, 
 we can, in many instances, fancy some sort of 
 resemblance sufficient to base an association upon, 
 for the aid of the memory ; as, for example, in the 
 case of 
 
 P 
 
 mouthy which we may fancy to bear some rude 
 resemblance to the organ, but which has quite 
 too many corners ever to have been drawn with 
 reference to such resemblance. The elements, 
 and all the characters formed by the combination 
 of them, are unquestionably arbitrary. 
 
 The form of these elementary characters is 
 undoubtedly much influenced by the manner of 
 making them. They use a brush, not a pen, 
 
 * 1. Man ; 2. Knife ; 3. Box j 4 Mouth j 5. Bow. 
 
248 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 resembling, probably, in size and form, the small 
 hair pencils, in use, in this country, for painting in 
 water colors. The most simple of the elements 
 are simple strokes with such a brush ; others are 
 more complicated, with additional strokes added, 
 not with the design of imitating the object, but 
 of making a figure on the paper distinguishable 
 from those made before.* 
 
 It is plain, from the doctrine. of permutation 
 and combination, that, by means of these two 
 hundred and fourteen elements, an almost incon- 
 
 * In respect to the origin and history of these charac- 
 ters, there is httle light to be procured. The Chinese 
 themselves, in " The Annals of China," as quoted by 
 Marshman, in his Chinese Grammar, say that they were 
 invented in very ancient times by Ts 'hang-kih. He re- 
 sided near a mountain, where " he one day met with a 
 tortoise, and, observing that its shell was beautifully spot- 
 ted, he took it home, and thence formed the idea of repre- 
 senting things around him. Looking upward, he care- 
 fully observed the figures presented by the stars and the 
 heavenly bodies : he then attentively considered the 
 beautifully variegated shell of the tortoise, the wings of 
 birds, the form of mountains, rivers, &C., and at length 
 formed the written characters." "When the invention 
 was finished," adds the narrative, "the heavens poured 
 down food in abundance, and the evil spirits filled the 
 night with bowlings." The latter part of the story will 
 teach us how much confidence we can place in the 
 former. 
 
INTRODUCTION OP THE BIBLE. 249 
 
 ceivable number of groups may be formed, if, as 
 is the case, the compounds may have four, five, 
 or six elements united in them. By putting them 
 together two and two, we should have more than 
 forty-five thousand ; and by grouping them in 
 threes, fours, &c., a number of possible combina- 
 tions would be obtained altogether beyond the 
 boundaries of ordinary human calculations. Into 
 this almost boundless field, the language does not 
 roam at random. There are about one thousand 
 seven hundred compound characters formed ; and 
 then these are used, in connection with about 
 one hundred and fifty of the elements, to form 
 the great mass of the language. There are 
 several of these common compounds which form 
 a part of sixty or seventy w^ords. These com- 
 mon forms soon become familiar to the student's 
 eye, and, being used again and again in differ- 
 ent combinations, the difficulty of remembering 
 the characters is very much diminished. 
 
 The characters are altered in form when in 
 composition, so as to bring them into as close 
 connection as possible ; and they are arranged in 
 a compact manner, so as to occupy a square 
 space. Take, for instance, the character 
 
250 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 consisting of six elements, each having its own 
 meaning. The upper one is elongated, and the 
 others arranged compactly under it in the manner 
 described. In many instances, the fancy of the 
 student can trace some analogy betweep the mean- 
 ing of the whole compound and that which would 
 naturally be indicated by the component parts. 
 Generally, however, this meaning seems arbitrary. 
 In this last case, for instance, the upper character 
 means a net^ and the four below it, when without 
 the upper one, mean ability. The whole means 
 to stop. Each of the four lower elements has its 
 signification. The two on the right constitute 
 the character for spoon ; the two on the left, 
 when together, mean to shake^ and when separate, 
 one means fleshy and the other low. All attempts 
 to trace any connection between such primitives 
 and derivatives must fail. In the same manner, 
 the following character. 
 
 ^ 
 
 though composed of elements which have been 
 already given, has a signification totally diverse 
 from them. The character on the left means 
 wood. The upper one on the right is man, with 
 a mark, which, when alone, means one, in the 
 centre of it. The lower one on the right is mouthy 
 
INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 251 
 
 AH these have before been given. The meaning 
 of the compound is sword-sheath. So two moons ^ 
 side by side, mean friend, and these under moun- 
 tain, mean falling. 
 
 In other cases, it is different, however. Two 
 characters for mouth, united, mean noise. Tree, 
 with mouth, mouth, over it, means birds singing. 
 Mouth and arrow, together, mean knowledge. 
 
 Such connections between the meaning of par- 
 ticular compounds, and the elements which form 
 them, are in many cases very obvious. In other 
 cases, it is probably as real, though less apparent, 
 as a character may have received a form deter- 
 mined by its signification, and yet the connection 
 be entirely lost to the superficial observer. Take, 
 for an example, the two following characters : 
 
 ^ :^ 
 
 The difference consists merely in this : the small 
 stroke which is across the lower part in one, is 
 across the upper part in the other : one signifies 
 the interior of a thing, and the other the exterior. 
 The reader would perhaps be puzzled to tell how 
 to appropriate the respective significations. The 
 characters seem perfectly arbitrary, considered 
 with reference to those meanings. It appears, 
 however, on further inquiry, that the character 
 
252 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 which is the basis of both of them, means a tree, 
 and drawing the additional stroke across the 
 upper part, as in the first of the characters above, 
 represents the branches, and across the lower 
 part, as in the second, represents the root. We 
 have thus a literal meaning of the characters, 
 which has some analogy or foundation in their 
 form ; and from the literal sense of branches and 
 root, to the metaphorical ones exterior and interior , 
 the transition is easy. 
 
 This example, and a great many similar ones 
 which might have b n selected, will show that a 
 character may have originated in a rude attempt 
 at representation, and yet the evidence of it be 
 so concealed among the successive steps and 
 changes which the character has undergone, as 
 to escape even a careful notice. In fact, our 
 well-known character &, as ordinarily written, 
 would hardly suggest to any one the letters et, 
 from which it was formed ; and if a character, 
 originally meant to represent a word, may lose all 
 apparent resemblance to its origin, why not one 
 which at first was made as a rude resemblance 
 of a thing, either by combination or shape ? There 
 can, however, be no question that, generally, in 
 the formation of the compound characters, the 
 meaning of the elements was not the guide. 
 
 We might suppose that the mind, in attending 
 
INTRODUCTION OP THE BIBLE. 253 
 
 to a compound character, would be perplexed 
 and confused by the meanings of its elements, 
 and especially that, if the meaning of the whole 
 was known, the ideas suggested by the component 
 parts would, at the same time, arise to the mind, 
 producing oftentimes the most incongruous im- 
 ages. But the Chinese reader is in no more 
 danger from this source, than an English reader 
 is of thinking of a doll, when he hears the word 
 dollar. 
 
 There are several interesting peculiarities in 
 this language, arising from ^% general principles 
 on which it is founded. 
 
 1. The lorittcn language can be learned, with- 
 out understanding any thing of the spoken lan- 
 guage. They are entirely distinct. We have 
 given many of the signs, without, however, except 
 in a single instance, mentioning a Chinese word. 
 We might have gone on and given more, and 
 explained complete sentences, and given the prin- 
 ciples of the construction of the language, with- 
 out introducing another Chinese word. Many 
 of the neighboring nations do thus understand 
 and use the Chinese character. 
 
 2. The construction of the dictionaries is pe- 
 culiar. A French and English dictionary must 
 be twofold ; that is, there must be a list of 
 
 22 
 
254 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 French words with English meanings, and then 
 a list of English words with French meanings, so 
 as to enable the pupil to go from either language 
 to the other. But, on the principles we have ex- 
 plained, an English and Chinese dictionary must 
 be threefold. First, there must be a list of English 
 words, with the characters, and also the Chinese 
 spoken words (spelled in English letters), which 
 correspond to them. Then there must be a cata- 
 logue o^ characters arranged according to the ele- 
 ments, with the spoken words (spelled in letters), 
 and the English meanings. Lastly, there must be 
 a catalogue of the Chinese spoken words, begin- 
 ning with fa, which is the first, with the charac- 
 ter, and the English meaning belonging to each. 
 Dictionaries are thus arranged. 
 
 3. The language, being thus addressed to the 
 eye, is said by travellers to convey its meaning 
 more readily and vividly than other written lan- 
 guages, because, where an alphabetic character is 
 used, we have to think first of the sound of the 
 word, and then of the idea; whereas, in an ideo- 
 graphic character, we get the idea more directly. 
 This may be well illustrated by comparing the 
 following two modes of expressing the same idea, 
 the latter of which, to the practised eye, will 
 convey a much more immediate impression than 
 the former : 
 
 
INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 255 
 
 Two hundred and fifty, minus twenty-five, is 
 equal to two hundred and twenty-five. 
 250 — 25 r= 225. 
 
 How much more readily the character *, on 
 the page, refers us to the margin, than the words 
 see note would do! So with the hand, (U^, call- 
 ing our attention to what follows ; and two or 
 three notes of exclamation at the end of an ex- 
 traordinary statement, speak much more readily, 
 and with a more striking significancy, than any 
 adverbs or adjectives of astonishment incorporated 
 into the sentence. 
 
 4. The last peculiarity of the language which 
 we shall mention, respects the printing. The 
 two hundred and fourteen elements being altered 
 in shape when they are combined to form the 
 compound characters, it is not possible to set up 
 these compounds from types of the elements. Our 
 letters are not thus altered when incorporated into 
 words, so that the one type for the letter .s will 
 answer for every word in the language which 
 contains that letter. But the character for man, 
 in Chinese, which forms a part of a vast number 
 of other characters, is so altered in shape and 
 position in its various combinations, that one kind 
 of type will not answer the purpose. This renders 
 it necessary, if types are used at all in printing, 
 to have one for every character, simple and com- 
 
^ 
 
 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 pound ; that is, 30,000, instead of the twenty-six 
 of an European printing-office. On account of 
 the expense of manufacturing such a fount, and 
 the great labor necessary in using it, the Chinese 
 have always printed from engraved wooden blocks, 
 in a manner which we shall presently describe. 
 
 The reader may find a little amusement in 
 looking a moment into the idiom of the language, 
 ip respect to the structure of sentences, and the 
 9.r,rangement of words. For this purpose we give 
 a literal translation of a Chinese dialogue. We 
 extract it from a book prepared by Mr. Morrison, 
 at the time of which we have been speaking, 
 i^hen he ^a^ engaged in his early studies. The 
 dialogue is supposed to be between a citizen of 
 Canton and a tea merchant arriving there from 
 the interior of the country. The words and 
 characters are placed apart, so that the reader 
 may see liow much is represented by each Chi- 
 nese character. We place a free translation in 
 the opposite column. 
 
 A. Venerable 
 
 father 
 
 well ? 
 
 
 B. You well 
 
 > I 
 
 want to see you, 
 
 wish 
 
 to do business. 
 
 
 A. You what 
 
 time 
 
 come to Canton ? 
 
 
 B. I arrived 
 
 have 
 
 half more moon. 
 
 
 How do you do, sir ? 
 
 I hope you are well. 
 I wish to see you about 
 business. 
 
 When did you come to 
 Canton .? 
 
 I arrived about a fort- 
 night ago. 
 
INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 257 
 
 A. Indeed is so ? I 
 this day only heard 
 say you had arrived. If 
 I before know, early 
 before visit you gone. 
 
 B. I much thank 
 you very. 
 
 A. The road pleasant ? 
 
 B. Not pleasant; road 
 upon difficult travel. 
 
 A. I thought sir 
 the road all was sit 
 boat come. 
 
 B. Indeed is ; but 
 this year because hot 
 very, therefore river 
 road all dried. 
 
 ^. Though thus, yet 
 I see your honor's 
 
 countenance has a, little 
 color. You what time 
 return Nan king go ? 
 
 B. New year 's be- 
 fore 1 not can raise 
 body. 
 
 Indeed I heard but to- 
 day that you had come. 
 If I had known sooner, I 
 would have gone to see 
 you. 
 
 I am much obliged to 
 you 
 
 Had you a pleasant jour- 
 ney ? 
 
 Not pleasant. It was 
 difficult travelling. 
 
 I thought, sir, you came 
 in a boat all the way. 
 
 Indeed yes ; but this 
 year the water is all dried 
 up in consequence of the 
 drought. 
 
 Though it v/as so, I yet 
 perceive you look very 
 well. When do you return 
 to Nankin .'' 
 
 I cannot go before next 
 year. 
 
 The words which, in the specimen given above, 
 in conformity with the English custom, are ar- 
 ranged in lines, are, in Chinese books, written in 
 columns, which are read from the top to the bottom 
 of the page. It is curious to observe how complete- 
 ly all our arrangements in respect to writing are 
 reversed in a Chinese book. The figure denoting 
 the page is with us generally in the corner ; with 
 them it is in the middle : with us it is on the top ; 
 with them upon the side : with us each page is 
 numbered ; with them the leaves ; our lines run 
 
258 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 across the page ; theirs up and down : we begin at 
 the left hand of the book, and read to the right ; 
 they at the right, and go backwards, as we should 
 call it, to the left : their leaves are double, 
 the paper being very thin, and printed only on 
 one side ; our leaves are single, made of thick 
 paper, and printed on both sides : their title-. 
 page is at what we call the end of the book, and 
 is generally a single column of characters, read, 
 like the other lines, from top to bottom ; and the 
 running titles on the successive pages of the work, 
 which Europeans place horizontally upon the top, 
 the Chinese place perpendicularly upon the side. 
 
 While pursuing his solitary studies in books 
 which were thus in every respect so new, Mr. 
 Morrison found his situation often trying in the 
 extreme. He was obliged to pass from Canton 
 to Macao, and from one dwelling to another, con- 
 fined to his dull and wearisome task, and exposed 
 to so much opposition and ridicule, that he was 
 kept almost constantly a close prisoner. Some 
 persons treated him in a kind and friendly man- 
 ner ; but, in general, he was alone, not only in his 
 great enterprise, but in his feelings, his hopes, 
 in all his enjoyments, and all his sufferings. Still 
 he went on, month after month, with patient, 
 persevering effort, looking forward to a brighter 
 day to come. 
 
 The day, in fact, began to brighten soon. He 
 
INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 259 
 
 found a wife in the daughter of an* English resi- 
 dent at Macao; and, after he had made some 
 progress in the language, he received an ap- 
 pointment in the English factory which materi- 
 ally improved his condition, while the duties of 
 his office were just such as were best calculated 
 to carry him forward in his knowledge of the 
 language. He began, too, to be able to have some 
 religious services on the Sabbath, in connection 
 with the persons whom he employed as his 
 teachers. He was able to collect a few boys as 
 his pupils, endeavoring, while he instructed them 
 in their own written language, and in such studies 
 as were of obvious value to them, to make them 
 acquainted with the principles of the Christian 
 religion. 
 
 It was about six years after Morrison com- 
 menced his labors at Canton, that Mr. William 
 Milne, his first colleague, arrived at Macao. He 
 was a young man, who had given himself to the 
 service of the missionary society, and had been 
 appointed by them to this station. About two or 
 three days after his arrival, he received a peremp- 
 tory order from the Portuguese governor, com- 
 manding him to leave the place immediately. 
 Remonstrances were vain, as they always are 
 where Roman Catholic jealousy is awakened 
 against Protestant plans, where the priests have 
 the power. Fortunately, however, Mr. Milne 
 
260 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 could go to Canton, and there, joined a short 
 time after by Morrison, he commenced his labors 
 upon the language. 
 
 Though they were thus, in this case, impeded 
 ill their labors by Roman Catholic influence, it 
 must be admitted, to do justice to the mother 
 church, that they derived great aid from it in 
 another way ; for Morrison, in his efforts at transla- 
 tion, was very much aided by some Chinese ver- 
 sions of parts of the Scriptures, which the Catholic 
 missionaries at Pekin had made ; so that, notwith- 
 standing the hostility to ^the circulation of the 
 Scriptures with which the Catholics are so often 
 charged, the honor of translating them to a lan- 
 guage used by one third of all the inhabitants 
 of the globe, must be shared with them. It was 
 about the time that Milne arrived, that the second 
 volume of the New Testament was ready for pub- 
 lication, the Acts of the Apostles and the Gospels 
 having been printed a year or two before. 
 
 The mode of printing is as follows : — Thin 
 boards are prepared, of a hard, oily, shining wood. 
 Each is twice the size of a page of the book ; 
 and a sufficient number of them is prepared, to 
 allow one for every tvvo leaves which the proposed 
 work is to. contain. They are made about half 
 an inch thick, and are planed perfectly smooth 
 on both sides. 
 
 The surface is then rubbed with a sort of paste, 
 
INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 261 
 
 made of rice or some similar substance, which 
 smooths and polishes, and at the same time softens 
 a little the surface of the board. Upon one of 
 these boards, thus prepared, the exact size of the 
 two pages is marked (for each side contains two 
 pages), and the space thus enclosed is divided 
 into squares by horizontal and perpendicular lines; 
 and then the wood within the squares is cut out, 
 leaving the lines prominent. Red ink is now 
 applied to these lines, and paper then laid upon 
 the board and pressed down ; by which means 
 there is transferred to the paper an impression 
 of the lines. This is repeated until sheets are 
 struck off in sufficient number to contain the 
 whole work to be printed. 
 
 The author's manuscript, irregular, hastily writ- 
 ten, and defaced with erasures and corrections, 
 is then, hj a workman called a transcriber, care- 
 fully copied upon these sheets, each letter occu- 
 pying a square. It thus assumes a regular and 
 beautiful appearance. 
 
 These sheets are carried to the block-cutter, 
 who, having smeared his boards, or blocks, as they 
 are generally called, with the paste already de- 
 scribed, lays down one of the sheets of the trans- 
 cribed work upon each, and transfers the charac- 
 ters to the wood, exactly as pictures are transferred 
 to scrap-boxes in this country. He then cuts 
 
262 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 away the wood every where except where it is 
 covered by the ink which was transferred, and 
 thus leaves the character in relief. The blocks, 
 having all undergone this process, are ready for 
 use in the printing. 
 
 Thoy are inked by a brush, and then the sheets 
 of paper, which is like the thin paper that comes 
 in tea-chests to this country, are applied, and 
 pressed down by a dry brush upon the back of 
 the paper, by wiiich means the impression is easily 
 taken. Each sheet thus contains two pages, 
 though they are both on one side of it ; they are 
 folded together so as to bring the blank side of 
 the paper within ; and the leaves thus formed are 
 then ready to be stitched together. 
 
 It was in this way that the Scriptures were first 
 printed at Canton. While the work was going 
 on, Morrison was employed also in preparing a 
 dictionary and a grammar, and several tracts and 
 translations of English works of small size. After 
 a considerable quantity of these had been pre- 
 pared, the missionaries conceived the design of 
 sending off Mr. Milne on an excursion into the 
 neighboring seas, to the ports most frequented by 
 the Chinese, for the purpose of distribution. The 
 events and incidents of this tour we have not . 
 now time to describe : he was, however, success- 
 ful in his efforts, finding a much stronger desire 
 on the part of the Chinese, whom he visited, to 
 
INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 263 
 
 receive the books and tracts which he offered, 
 than he had expected to see. While he was gone, 
 Morrison went on with his labors. He completed 
 his dictionary ; and the English East India Com- 
 pany, aware that its publication must tend to the 
 increase of commercial intercourse with China, 
 by opening the way to the more easy acquisition 
 of the language, published it at a great expense, 
 being obliged to send out a press and to manu- 
 facture types expressly for the purpose. In the 
 mean time, Mr. Morrison, having finished the New 
 Testament, began upon the Old, and, with patient 
 perseverance, worked his way through Genesis, 
 Exodus, and the succeeding books, printing his 
 work as fast as he proceeded with the translation. 
 The expense of the enterprise was borne by 
 English Christians at home, through several or- 
 ganizations into which they had united themselves 
 for the purpose of spreading the gospel. The 
 British and Foreign Bible Society and the Lon- 
 don Missionary Society took the lead. Year 
 after year the work went on. Morrison, protected 
 by his office, was enabled to remain at his post ; 
 but Milne found it difficult to remain long at 
 Canton or Macao. Missionary stations were, ac- 
 cordingly, established at Penang, at Java, at Sin- 
 capore, and especially at Malacca, where their 
 printing-presses were set up, and a Chinese school 
 established, and where an establishment was 
 
264 INTRODUCTION OF THE BIBLE. 
 
 gradually formed, which was, in many respects, 
 for a long time, the head-quarters of what they 
 called the Ultra-Ganges mission. These various 
 labors occupied the time of the missionaries, and 
 of others who had been sent out from time to 
 time to join. them. In the mean time, however, 
 Morrison continued his work, until, on the 25th 
 of November, 1819, he brought it to a successful 
 termination. 
 
 This conclusion of his labors in translating the 
 Scriptures is the point which we had designated 
 as the termination of this work. We might find 
 a deep interest and great pleasure in folljwing 
 the history of English and American missions up 
 to the present time ; but we must refer our readers, 
 for this information, to the periodicals of the day, 
 and especially to the publications of the Rev. 
 Charles Gutslaff, who is now most effectually 
 securing the advantages of Morrison's labors, by 
 bringing the Bible and other Christian books in 
 great numbers before the Chinese people. The 
 patient translator now sees the commencement 
 of the great results of the discouraging and weary 
 toil, borne in obscurity and suffering for twenty 
 years. 
 
 THE END. 
 
RETURN CIRCULATION DEPARTMENT 
 T0^-#^ 202 Main Library 
 
 CO 
 
 >o 
 
 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS 
 
 Ranawals and Rachargas may ba mada 4 days prior to tha dua data. 
 
 Books may ba Ranawad by calling 642-3405 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 lU 
 
 a 
 
 Ul 
 
 o. 
 
 < 
 
 < 
 111 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 CN 
 
 LO 
 
 
 LOAN PERIOD 1 
 - HOME USE 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 -3 
 
 > 
 
 
 
 
 
LU 
 
 <^ 
 
 o< 
 
 < > 
 
 (J UJ 
 Li- LU 
 
 o ^ 
 
 CO 
 £^ 
 
 LU 
 
 > 
 
 z 
 
 o 
 Q 
 Q 
 
 o 
 
> 
 
 CO 
 
 CO 
 
 "D 
 m 
 
 a 
 
 CD 
 
 m 
 
 r— 
 
 o 
 
 Q. ^ 
 Q CD 
 
 
 Q 
 !ii( cTT 
 
 o§ 
 aCL 
 
 ^o 
 
 Q- IT 
 Q Q 
 
 (D (Q 
 
 • 
 CO 
 
 3 
 
 Q 
 
 O" 
 
 
 3 
 
 Q 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 O 
 ^ Q 
 
 CO h^ 
 
 O O 
 
 /^J CO 
 
 Q 
 
 U 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 D- 
 Q 
 
 (Q 
 
 Q. 
 
 D" 
 
 D 
 (Q 
 
 si 
 
 K) _ 
 
 6- o 
 
 ^ Q 
 en o 
 
 CO c/> 
 
 Q 
 
 CT 
 
 
 
 D 
 
 $ 
 
 
 a 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 5' 
 (Q 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 O 
 > 
 
 ^ cz w 
 
 o 2. Cl 
 ^ ^^ 
 
 3 5;^ 
 
 O S: O 
 
 > 
 
 00 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 O 
 
 00 
 
 O' 
 
 17 
 
 0.3 
 ^ o 
 
 O 
 
 O 
 
 TO 
 
 —I 
 
 X 
 m 
 X) 
 
 Z 
 
 X) 
 
 m 
 
 o 
 
 >o 
 
 ;t ^ o 
 
 DD 
 
 > 
 
 < 
 
 :o 
 
 m 
 
 ii 
 
 < _, 
 5 O 
 
 Q 
 
 a 
 
 Q 
 •< 
 
 I I I 
 
VA 03668 
 
 4 Z'=fn'^f 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 :«PSf)